Category: housing

  • MIL-OSI Global: Trump’s ‘Garden of American Heroes’ is a monument to celebrity and achievement – paid for with history funding that benefits everyday Americans

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Jennifer Tucker, Professor of History, Wesleyan University

    Donald Trump speaks in front of a wax statue of John Wayne at the John Wayne Museum in Winterset, Iowa, during the 2016 GOP primaries. Al Drago/CQ Roll Call via Getty Images

    Donald Trump first came up with his plan for a “National Garden of American Heroes” at the end of his first term, before President Joe Biden quietly tabled it upon replacing Trump in the White House.

    Now, with Trump back in the Oval Office – and with the country’s 250th anniversary fast approaching – the project is back. The National Endowment for the Humanities is seeking to commission 250 statues of famous Americans from a predetermined list, to be displayed at a location yet to be determined.

    It isn’t clear who compiled the list of 250 to be honored. It includes names that are largely recognizable and whose accomplishments are well-known: politicians like Abraham Lincoln and John F. Kennedy; jurists Ruth Bader Ginsburg and Antonin Scalia; activists such as Martin Luther King, Jr. and Harriet Tubman; celebrities such as John Wayne and Julia Child; and sports stars like Kobe Bryant and Babe Ruth.

    Donald Trump announces some famous Black Americans he plans to include in his ‘National Garden of American Heroes’ during a Black History Month event on Feb. 20, 2025, at the White House.

    The statue garden coincides with an executive order from March 2025 in which the Trump administration denounced what it saw as historical revisionism that had recast the country’s “unparalleled legacy of advancing liberty, individual rights, and human happiness.” Instead, it had constructed a story of the nation that portrayed it “as inherently racist, sexist, oppressive, or otherwise irredeemably flawed,” which “fosters a sense of national shame.”

    “We don’t need to overemphasize the negative,” explained Lindsey Halligan, a 35-year-old insurance lawyer who is named in the order as one of the people tasked with reforming museums that receive government funds.

    Trump often casts himself as a man of the people. But as historians, we don’t see a garden of heroes as a populist effort. To us, it represents a top-down approach to U.S. history, akin to the hagiography that Americans already regularly get from movies, television and professional sports.

    And it comes at a cost: It’s going to be paid for with funds that had been previously allotted to tell stories about people and places that may be less familiar than the proposed figures for Trump’s garden. But they’re nonetheless meaningful to countless communities across the nation.

    Only the movers and shakers matter

    Trump’s fixation on America’s luminaries is adjacent to the “great man” theory of history.

    In 1840, Scottish philosopher and historian Thomas Carlyle published “On Heroes, Hero-Worship, and the Heroic in History,” in which he argued that “The History of the world is but the Biography of great men.”

    American biologist and eugenicist Frederick Adams Woods embraced the great man theory in his 1913 work, “The Influence of Monarchs: Steps in a New Science of History.” In it, he investigated 386 rulers in Western Europe from the 12th century until the French Revolution. He proposed a scientific measurement to quantify the relative impact these rulers had on the course of civilization.

    Then and now, many other historians and sociologists have pushed back, arguing that the “Great Man” view of history oversimplifies the past by attributing major historical events to the actions of a few influential individuals, while ignoring broader social, economic and cultural forces.

    Nonetheless, it continues to have broad appeal. It’s very popular among corporate leaders, for example, many of whom like to portray themselves as visionaries, with their business successes proof of their genius.

    Trump’s garden of heroes reflects his penchant for celebrating wealth, champions and successes, akin to what Walt Disney tried to capture with his Disney World ride Carousel of Progress, which highlights American technological advances.

    A national redundancy?

    However, the U.S. already has a national statuary hall, which opened in the U.S. Capitol in 1870. Each state has contributed two statues; for example, Massachusetts honors Samuel Adams and John Winthrop, while Ohio celebrates James Garfield and Thomas Edison.

    Today there are 102 statutes, though just 14 women.

    Importantly, the roster is fluid – not set in stone – and reflects debates over whom the nation ought to celebrate.

    Over time, the representation has become slightly more inclusive. The first woman, Illinois educator Frances Willard, was added in 1905. Only in 2022 did a Black American appear, when educator Mary Bethune replaced a Confederate general from Florida. And in 2024, Johnny Cash replaced James Paul Clarke, a former governor and senator from Arkansas with Confederate sympathies.

    Family members and elected officials attend the unveiling of the statue of Johnny Cash at the U.S. Capitol on Sept. 24, 2024.
    Kent Nishimura/Getty Images

    What about everyday Americans?

    We don’t think there’s anything wrong with celebrating and honoring popular figures in American history. But we do think there’s an issue when it comes at the expense of other historical and archival projects.

    The New York Times reported that US$34 million for the project would come from funds formerly allocated to the National Endowment for the Arts and National Endowment for the Humanities, whose budget has been cut by 85%.

    Many of the grants that have been slashed explore, celebrate and preserve history in ways that stand in stark contrast to a statue garden. They involve, as Gal Beckerman writes in the Atlantic, efforts that “are about asking questions, about uncovering hidden or overlooked experiences, about closely examining texts or adding to the public record.”

    They include one that supports the digitization of local newspapers and archival records; another to collect and preserve oral histories of local communities; a grant that funds the production of documentaries and podcasts about local communities; traveling exhibitions that bring items from the Smithsonian’s collection to small towns and rural areas; and a grant to fund the collection of first-person accounts of Native Americans who attended U.S. government-run boarding schools.

    These and countless similar history projects serve millions of people far from Washington, and they have broad support from lawmakers and citizens of all political stripes.

    In 1938, as forces of fascism gathered in Europe, a Connecticut high school social science teacher said, “The greatest need of America, on the threshold of the greatest epoch of its history, is citizens who understand the past out of which the nation has grown. … Let us look into the souls of the leaders and the common people who have made America great.”

    In his 2016 campaign, Trump promised to work on behalf of everyday Americans – the “forgotten man and woman.” But the proposed statue garden of famous figures cuts out the common people from America’s story – not just as subjects of history, but as its stewards for future generations.

    With funds slashed from organizations dedicated to local history, we wonder how many more stories will go untold.

    Jennifer Tucker has received funding from the National Endowment for the Humanities for research that examines the social and cultural role of modern technology, such as facial recognition, through a historical lens.

    Peter Rutland does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Trump’s ‘Garden of American Heroes’ is a monument to celebrity and achievement – paid for with history funding that benefits everyday Americans – https://theconversation.com/trumps-garden-of-american-heroes-is-a-monument-to-celebrity-and-achievement-paid-for-with-history-funding-that-benefits-everyday-americans-254564

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Global: These 4 tips can make screen time good for your kids and even help them learn to talk

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Erika Squires, Assistant Professor, Wayne State University

    Getting involved when your kids are watching digital media can make it an educational experience, rather than just entertainment. damircudic/E+ via Getty Images

    Screen time permeates the lives of toddlers and preschoolers. For many young children, their exposure includes both direct viewing, such as watching a TV show, and indirect viewing, such as when media is on in the background during other daily activities.

    As many parents will know, research points to several negative effects of screen time. As scholars who specialize in speech pathology and early childhood development, we are particularly interested in the recent finding that too much screen time is associated with less parent-child talk, such as fewer conversational turns between parents and children.

    As a result, the American Academy of Pediatrics and World Health Organization suggest limiting screen time for children.

    Beyond quantity, they also emphasize the quality of a child’s engagement with digital media. Used in moderation, certain kinds of media can have educational and social benefits for children – and even contribute to language development.

    These tips may help parents structure and manage screen time more effectively.

    No. 1: Choose high-quality content

    Parents can enhance their children’s screen-time value by choosing high-quality media – that is, content with educational benefit. PBS Kids has many popular shows, from “Nature Cat” to “Sid the Science Kid,” that would qualify as educational.

    Two other elements contribute to the quality of screen time.

    First, screen content should be age-appropriate – that is, parents should choose shows, apps and games that are specifically designed for young children. Using a resource such as Common Sense Media allows parents to check recommended ages for television shows, movies and apps.

    Second, parents can look for shows that use evidence-based educational techniques, such as participatory cues. That’s when characters in shows break the “third wall” by directly talking to their young audience to prompt reflection, action or response. Research shows that children learn new words better when a show has participatory cues – perhaps because it encourages active engagement rather than passive viewing.

    Many classic, high-quality television shows for young children feature participatory cues, including “Mickey Mouse Clubhouse,” “Dora the Explorer,” “Go Diego Go!” and “Daniel Tiger’s Neighborhood.”

    No. 2: Join in on screen time

    The American Academy of Pediatrics recommends that parents and children watch media together whenever possible.

    Screen time doesn’t have to look like this.
    kbeis/DigitalVision Vectors via Getty Images

    This recommendation is based on the evidence that increased screen media use can reduce parent-child conversation. This, in turn, can affect language development. Intentionally discussing media content with children increases language exposure during screen time.

    Parents may find the following joint media engagement strategies useful:

    • Press pause and ask questions.
    • Point out basic concepts, such as letters and colors.
    • Model more advanced language using a “think aloud” approach, such as, “That surprised me! I wonder what will happen next?”

    No. 3: Connect what’s on screen to real life

    Learning from media is challenging for young children because their brains struggle to transfer information and ideas from screens to the real world. Children learn more from screen media, research shows, when the content connects to their real-life experiences.

    To maximize the benefits of screen time, parents can help children connect what they are viewing with experiences they’ve had. For example, while watching content together, a parent might say, “They’re going to the zoo. Do you remember what we saw when we went to the zoo?”

    This approach promotes language development and cognitive skills, including attention and memory. Children learn better with repeated exposure to words, so selecting media that relates to a child’s real-life experiences can help reinforce new vocabulary.

    No. 4: Enjoy screen-free times

    Ensuring that a child’s day is filled with varied experiences, including periods that don’t involve screens, increases language exposure in children’s daily routines.

    Two ideal screen-free times are mealtimes and bedtime. Mealtimes present opportunities for back-and-forth conversation with children, exposing them to a lot of language. Additionally, bedtime should be screen-free, as using screens near bedtime or having a TV in children’s bedrooms disrupts sleep.

    Alternatively, devoting bedtime to reading children’s books accomplishes the dual goals of helping children wind down and creating a language-rich routine.

    Having additional screen-free, one-on-one, parent-child play for at least 10 minutes at some other point in the day is good for young children. Parents can maximize the benefits of one-on-one play by letting their children decide what and how to play.

    Even in small doses, parent-child playtime is important.
    Vera Livchak/Moment via Getty Images

    A parent’s role here is to follow their child’s lead, play along, give their child their full attention – so no phones for mom or dad, either – and provide language enrichment. They can do this by labeling toys, pointing out shapes, colors and sizes. It can also be done by describing activities – “You’re rolling the car across the floor” – and responding when their child speaks.

    Parent-child playtime is also a great opportunity to extend interests from screen time. Including toys of your child’s favorite characters from the shows or movies they love in playtime transforms that enjoyment from screen time into learning.

    Lucy (Kathleen) McGoron receives funding from Michigan Health Endowment fund and SAMHSA.

    Erika Squires does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. These 4 tips can make screen time good for your kids and even help them learn to talk – https://theconversation.com/these-4-tips-can-make-screen-time-good-for-your-kids-and-even-help-them-learn-to-talk-242580

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Global: Florida, once considered a swing state, is firmly Republican – a social anthropologist explains what caused this shift

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Alexander Lowie, Postdoctoral associate in Classical and Civic Education, University of Florida

    Florida has attracted new residents since the pandemic, as well as a growth in conservative politics. iStock / Getty Images Plus

    Florida has undergone a dramatic political transformation over the past decade from a swing state to Republican stronghold.

    Florida’s recent congressional special election on April 1, 2025, showcased the state’s increasingly conservative identity, when Republicans won both congressional seats.

    Still, Democrats felt hopeful about these results, since the two Democratic contenders lost by slimmer margins in the 1st and 6th districts than in other recent elections.

    As a political anthropologist who has conducted fieldwork in central Florida, I’ve spent over five years tracking the growth of conservative political groups like the Proud Boys and Moms for Liberty, whose leaderships are based in Florida.

    I’ve seen firsthand how conservative activist networks and the growth of culture war politics, among other factors, have reshaped Florida’s political identity.

    Florida’s Republican state Sen. Randy Fine holds a victory party on April 1, 2025, in Ormond Beach, Fla.
    Joe Raedle/Getty Images

    The state that stopped swinging

    Although political strategists have historically considered Florida a swing state in presidential elections, it has consistently voted Republican since 1948.

    It has only voted for Democratic presidential candidates five times since 1964, for Lyndon B. Johnson, Jimmy Carter, Bill Clinton and twice for Barack Obama. President Donald Trump has won Florida three times in a row, most recently winning the 2024 election in all but six of Florida’s 67 counties.

    The main battleground since 2000 has been the I-4 Corridor, which connects Tampa, Orlando and Daytona. In 2000, President George W. Bush won the corridor by 4,400 votes. Since Bush only won Florida by 537 votes, and thus the presidency, the area became a top priority for both political parties.

    Some Democrats have said Florida’s political evolution happened gradually and then all at once.

    In 2012, there were almost 1.5 million more registered Democratic voters than Republicans in Florida. In 2020, Democrats’ advantage dropped to about 97,000. And by September 2024, there were almost 1 million more registered Republicans than Democrats.

    Steve Schale, the head of Obama’s 2008 campaign in Florida, argues that this shift happened because the Democratic Party lost the support of some white voters.

    Republicans have also actively courted Hispanic voters, while Democrats falsely believed that young Hispanics would inherently lean toward their party.

    This assumption has hurt the Democratic cause because, for example, some Hispanic voters in Florida, like many Cuban Americans, have long favored Republican. In fact, Trump performed so well with Hispanics in Florida in 2024 that it was the only state in which he received more of the Hispanic vote than Kamala Harris.

    State-level conservative success

    Florida has also had a Republican governor since 1998, a state Senate Republican majority since 1995 and a state House majority since 1997. This Republican dominance has only grown since Trump’s 2016 election.

    In 2018, Florida Governor Ron DeSantis received Trump’s endorsement and went from being relatively unknown in the gubernatorial primaries to the Republican nominee. He ultimately assumed office in 2019.

    Since then, DeSantis has successfully passed a slew of laws and policies reflecting the conservative values of what he saw as the new Floridian electorate.

    For example, DeSantis passed a six-week abortion ban measure into law in 2023.

    With DeSantis’ approval, Florida’s state Legislature also blocked diversity, equity and inclusion programs in state colleges in 2023 and banned lessons on sexual orientation and gender identity for public grade school students that same year.

    In 2023, the Florida governor also signed a law that allowed people to carry concealed weapons without a permit.

    The pandemic factor

    Some conservative political pundits and DeSantis supporters say that the governor’s COVID-19 policies are among the factors that have attracted newcomers to the state.

    Almost 300,000 people moved from out of state to Florida between April 2020 and April 2021, equal to roughly 903 people relocating to the state each day.

    The governor ordered Floridians to stay at home during April 2020, but many of his restrictions were lifted at the end of the month.

    DeSantis did not enforce mask mandates, vaccine requirements and other measures that were common in other states.

    During my fieldwork in Florida from 2022 through 2024, I met multiple people who moved to rural parts of the state because they did not want their lives to be severely restricted during the pandemic.

    One man in his early 50s stated, “During COVID my wife and I realized how screwed we were if things got really bad. We hated the lockdowns and got scared about not having enough food. If things got really bad, we didn’t want to trust other people, we wanted to be self-sufficient. So, we decided to get a place in the middle of the woods, on our own property, that we could go to if everything went to hell.”

    This couple settled on moving from out of state to a rural area of Florida, where they thought they had the best chance of avoiding future lockdown restrictions.

    DeSantis’ policy successes and his “freedom first” response to the pandemic have been celebrated by conservatives nationally.

    Moms for Liberty members in Viera, Fla., protest student face mask mandates in 2023.
    Paul Hennessy/SOPA Images/LightRocket via Gety Images

    Florida’s home for the alt-right

    As Florida lawmakers have continued to push conservative policies since the pandemic, Florida-based activist groups like Moms for Liberty have mobilized to support and expand them.

    Moms for Liberty was founded in 2021 by three Florida former school board members who opposed COVID-19 regulations during the pandemic.

    Moms for Liberty is headquartered in Melbourne, Florida, and is focused on reshaping public school curriculum to exclude what its members see as “woke” themes, like sexual orientation.

    The group lobbied for the 2022 Parental Rights in Education Act and the Stop-Woke Act, referred to by critics as the “Don’t Say Gay” law. This law restricts Florida classrooms from teaching kids in kindergarten through third grade about sexual orientation and gender identity, and also limits instruction on these subjects in higher grades.

    Florida has increasingly become a stronghold for other kinds of political activists, some of whom were instrumental in the Capitol riots on Jan. 6, 2021. Florida was home to 11.5% of the 716 people who were initially charged with participating in the Capitol riots.

    The most notable of these Jan. 6 arrests is Enrique Tarrio, a Miami native who has served as the symbolic leader of the Proud Boys, an alt-right “Western chauvinist” group.

    Alt-right activists are a minority of Florida’s conservative population. In my fieldwork, I have spoken to many Florida conservatives who did not identify with the Proud Boys or other alt-right groups – but were still sympathetic to many of their populist and conservative causes.

    No longer in play?

    Florida is now a major Republican stronghold with Floridians becoming increasingly prominent in national politics. Trump’s Cabinet has 23 people – 16 of them are connected to Florida.

    These include Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who served as a senator in Florida, and Attorney General Pam Bondi, who served as Florida’s state attorney general.

    Though some Democrats may feel optimistic about the special election results, they have lost the Sunshine State, at least for now.

    Alexander Lowie does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Florida, once considered a swing state, is firmly Republican – a social anthropologist explains what caused this shift – https://theconversation.com/florida-once-considered-a-swing-state-is-firmly-republican-a-social-anthropologist-explains-what-caused-this-shift-253905

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Celebration honours winners of Edinburgh 900 writing competitions

    Source: Scotland – City of Edinburgh

    A celebratory reception was held last night (Thursday) at the City Chambers to honour the winners of two Edinburgh 900 themed writing competitions.

    Hosted by the Lord Provost Robert Aldridge, the event recognised the creativity and talent of local writers who submitted original works inspired by Edinburgh’s remarkable nine-century history.

    The two featured competitions included the Green Pencil Award 2024, aimed at school-aged children (P4 to S3) attending Edinburgh schools or home-educated in the city, and a city-wide poetry writing competition organised through Edinburgh’s library network, open to adult residents.

    The Edinburgh 900 initiative commemorates 900 years since the Royal Burgh was established by King David I around 1124. In honour of this historic milestone, residents were invited to share their reflections, memories, and love for Scotland’s capital through poetry and storytelling.

    Both competitions highlighted Edinburgh’s rich heritage, cultural vibrancy, and strong community spirit. Six winning entries from the poetry competition will be immortalised on exclusive bookmarks to be distributed across Council-run libraries throughout the city. The winning poets will also be filmed reciting their work, with the recordings shared across the Council’s social media channels and preserved as part of the Edinburgh 900 archive for future generations.

    The winners are: Shasta Hanif Ali, Eric Robinson, Rory Allison, Tricia Ronaldson and Suzanne Smith.

    The Green Pencil Award encouraged young people to express their voices creatively in written form, with entries limited to one side of A4 and open to stories or poems in any style.

    Twenty finalists were selected, with one crowned the overall winner and presented with the prestigious Green Pencil Award trophy and winner’s medal.

    The Green Pencil was awarded to Preston Street Primary 7 pupil Ema Mene for her poem “To Edinburgh She Went”.

    Highly commended: Isobel Rhys-Davies, Cargilfield School (P6); Marcus Osborne, Bruntsfield Primary School (P6B); and Sofia Brown, James Gillespie’s High School (S1).

    The Lord Provost Robert Aldridge praised all entrants for their enthusiasm and passion:

    Creative writing ensures our stories are told and remembered. Edinburgh 900 is not only a celebration of the past but also a platform to inspire the future. These competitions show how deeply people care about the city and its legacy.

    Edinburgh has long been a city where literature thrives, as we mark 900 years these wonderful written pieces provide another meaningful way to honour the city’s legacy through the words of its people. My congratulations to our fantastic winners.

    Note

    Photograph: The Lord Provost Robert Aldridge with overall Green Pencil Award winner Ema Mene and her family

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Government signs new international agreement in boost to British business

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments 3

    Press release

    Government signs new international agreement in boost to British business

    Businesses will save time and money on repetitive legal action thanks to new international rules coming into force across the UK on 1 July.

    • Agreement will cut delays and costs for UK businesses
    • UK judgments against foreign suppliers will be recognised by participating countries overseas
    • This will boost the UK legal sector and drive economic growth, part of the government’s Plan for Change

    The UK Government has signed up to the Hague 2019 Convention, which means other countries will more easily recognise and enforce UK court judgments in cross-border disputes – sparing firms from costly and repetitive court battles.

    Currently, if a UK business wins a case in a UK court against a company based in another country, business leaders face the threat of time-consuming enforcement processes or even identical legal action overseas for the same dispute – causing delays, increasing costs and creating confusion to the consumer.

    The new rules will provide a simpler enforcement route to existing complex systems, giving one clear consistent set of shared rules – that the UK helped shape – making the process easier for everyone.

    Streamlining the process will save businesses time and money, encourage foreign companies to use the UK’s world-class lawyers and courts to settle their disputes and grow the economy overall.

    Justice Minister, Lord Ponsonby, said:

    This Convention delivers real benefits for British businesses dealing with international disputes.

    As part of our Plan for Change we’re boosting UK firms’ confidence to trade by minimising legal costs and ensuring justice across borders, all while cementing Britain’s role as a global legal powerhouse committed to the rule of law.

    The Convention will enhance international legal collaboration. It will apply to judgments in civil and commercial matters, strengthening the UK’s position as a global hub for dispute resolution.

    The 2019 Hague Convention is already being applied by 29 parties, from Ukraine to EU countries, with Uruguay joining last year. This means UK civil and commercial judgments will be recognised and enforced in these nations and that the UK will recognise judgments made in their courts.

    With 91 members of the Hague Conference on Private International Law (HCCH), a major multilateral forum for private international law rules which has produced numerous conventions including the 2019 Hague Convention, Hague 2019 has a potentially global reach. 

    The Convention will apply to judgments given in proceedings that commence on or after 1 July 2025 across the entire United Kingdom or in other participating countries.

    Updates to this page

    Published 25 April 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Services Opening at Sydney River Health Centre

    Source: Government of Canada regional news

    Healthcare professionals will start seeing patients at the Sydney River Health Centre next week as construction nears completion on the new home for several different clinics and services currently spread across Cape Breton Regional Municipality.

    The Eastern Zone Hip and Knee Clinic, Cape Breton Heart Lung Wellness Centre and the Sydney Diabetes Centre will open in the new location on Monday, April 28.

    “We’re changing healthcare across Nova Scotia by connecting health services and programs under one roof to deliver community-based comprehensive care,” said Addictions and Mental Health Minister Brian Comer, MLA for Cape Breton East, on behalf of Health and Wellness Minister Michelle Thompson. “When all services are available and fully operational, the new health centre will have a capacity of more than 30,000 patient visits each year.”

    Other services at the centre – Sydney and Area Community Rehabilitation Services and Coastal Family Health – will open by the end of June.

    Family physicians with Coastal Family Health have accepted patients from retiring physician practices and will continue to accept new patients from the Need a Family Practice Registry when they have capacity.

    The new health centre, at 1173 Kings Rd. in Sydney River, will include 31 exam rooms, a gymnasium, warm-up and cool-down rooms, education rooms and administrative offices.

    Quotes: “The Sydney River Health Centre is designed to ensure patients receive the right care, at the right time, under one roof, and it is good to see that we are one step closer to that goal. In addition, having a new, modern facility is another tool we can use to attract new physicians to the Cape Breton Regional Municipality.” — Brett MacDougall, Vice-President Operations, Eastern Zone, Nova Scotia Health

    Quick Facts:

    • Coastal Family Health is staffed by six doctors, three licensed practical nurses, a dietitian, social worker and physiotherapist; it is an example of a health home, where patients receive comprehensive care from a team of healthcare professionals such as doctors, nurse practitioners, dietitians, social workers and others
    • Sydney Diabetes Centre provides a variety of diabetes programs and services for patients
    • Eastern Zone Hip and Knee Clinic includes an orthopedic assessment clinic and rehabilitation programs to prepare patients for surgery
    • Sydney and Area Community Rehabilitation Services includes physiotherapy and occupational therapy
    • Cape Breton Heart Lung Wellness Centre includes cardiac and pulmonary rehab programs

    Additional Resources: News release – New Collaborative Care Clinic Coming to Sydney River: https://news.novascotia.ca/en/2024/08/21/new-collaborative-care-clinic-coming-sydney-river


    Other than cropping, Province of Nova Scotia photos are not to be altered in any way

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI China: China’s western regions unveil new dynamics in economic cooperation with Vietnam

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    CHONGQING, April 25 — A shipment of fresh lemons departing from Tongnan District of southwest China’s Chongqing Municipality, can now arrive in Vietnam in just two days, covering a journey of some 1,300 km.

    The first delivery of 28 tonnes of chilled fresh lemons from Tongnan to Vietnam was made recently on a cross-border highway truck via the New International Land-Sea Trade Corridor.

    “This route slashes transit time from six days to two days, ensuring Vietnamese consumers enjoy fresher produce,” said Hu Zaiyang, manager of a local fruit dealer.

    This vibrant trade scene underscores the deepening economic ties between China’s western regions and Vietnam. From electronic components to fruits and flowers and from smart home appliances to daily necessities, trade volume between the two sides has surged, buoyed by the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).

    Vietnam has remained the largest ASEAN trade partner among China’s western provincial-level regions. Chongqing’s 2024 trade with Vietnam hit 39.77 billion yuan (about 5.5 billion U.S. dollars), accounting for a third of its total trade volume with ASEAN.

    Youyiguan Port in south China’s Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, a gateway to Vietnam, is piloting a brand new customs supervision model, using intelligent means to improve efficiency and capacity of customs clearance.

    In the future, the port will operate customs clearance around the clock and goods can be delivered from Nanning, the regional capital of Guangxi, to Vietnam’s Bac Giang within 24 hours, said Shi Lei, deputy director of Youyiguan Customs.

    Beyond trade, investment cooperation has continued to bring benefits to the people of both sides. In Bac Ninh and Bac Giang, Vietnam, modern industrial parks invested and constructed by Chinese new energy and electronics manufacturing firms are driving local employment and growth.

    Chongqing’s 2024 investments in Vietnam jumped 33.4 percent to 33.16 million U.S. dollars in sectors like general equipment and automotive manufacturing. As of the end of 2024, Chongqing had 24 investment projects in Vietnam, with cumulative factual investments totaling 213.4 million U.S. dollars.

    In Vietnam’s Ha Tinh province, CISDI Group Co., Ltd., based in Chongqing, set up its branch as early as 2013. The company has taken charge of multiple key metallurgical projects in the country. Among them, the blast furnace of Formosa Ha Tinh Steel, which CISDI planned, designed and took part in constructing and operating, has now become one of the most competitive integrated steel complexes in Southeast Asia, generating over 10,000 job opportunities for local people.

    This elevated Ha Tinh from a traditional agricultural province to an industrial powerhouse in central Vietnam.

    Since 2007, Sichuan-based Tongwei Co., Ltd. has established and acquired five standardized feed production companies in Vietnam, with total investments exceeding 500 million yuan. The first feed mill it invested in, Tongwei Vietnam Feed Co., Ltd., has become one of the top-selling single feed factories in Vietnam by sales volume.

    “The BRI fosters mutual growth,” said Xiao Shengyong, Tongwei’s chief tax officer, highlighting technology transfers and aquaculture partnerships.

    The two countries recently signed 45 cooperation documents, covering connectivity, artificial intelligence, customs inspection and quarantine, and agricultural trade, among others.

    With the gradual implementation of the cooperation documents, Vietnam-China relations will enter a more mature and stable development stage, which will be not only reflected in policy communication and high-level interaction, but also in people’s daily life, said Vo Dai Luoc, former director of Vietnam’s Institute of World Economics and Politics.

    MIL OSI China News

  • MIL-OSI: Pacific Financial Corp Earns $2.4 Million, or $0.24 per Diluted Share for First Quarter 2025; Board of Directors Approves 5% Stock Buyback Plan; Declares Quarterly Cash Dividend of $0.14 per Share

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ABERDEEN, Wash., April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Pacific Financial Corporation (OTCQX: PFLC), (“Pacific Financial”) or the (“Company”), the holding company for Bank of the Pacific (the “Bank”), reported net income of $2.4 million, or $0.24 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $2.2 million, or $0.21 per diluted share for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $2.7 million, or $0.26 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2024. Current quarter net income includes a provision for credit losses of $83,000, compared to the recapture of $103,000 from the allowance for credit losses for the fourth quarter of 2024, and a provision for credit losses of $33,000 for the first quarter of 2024. Except for year-end December 31, 2024 financials, all results are unaudited.

    The Board of Directors of Pacific Financial declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.14 per share on April 23, 2025. The dividend will be payable on May 23, 2025 to shareholders of record on May 9, 2025. Additionally, the Board of Directors has authorized an additional $5.3 million toward future stock repurchases, or approximately 5.0% of total shares outstanding.

    “We are pleased with our first quarter results; operating earnings were solid and benefitted from strong core deposit growth, margin expansion and a lower cost of deposits as well as the closure of the residential mortgage division in late 2024. During the quarter, we saw good progress with our deposit growth initiative with core deposit growth of $61.2 million or 7%. We continue to benefit from our strong core deposit base, with non-interest bearing accounts representing 36% of total deposits. The expansion in our net interest margin was fueled by higher rates on loan production and on investment purchases, as well as a declining cost of funds. Cost of funds declined 7 basis points to 1.10%, despite continued rate pressure. Demand for lending continues to be tempered by the current level of interest rates and economic uncertainty.” said Denise Portmann, President and Chief Executive Officer.

    “Our business model and strategies continue to be built on a culture of relationship banking with a strong foundation of sound credit quality lending standards. At quarter-end, our asset quality metrics remained strong, allowance for credit loss levels were solid and capital levels also remained strong. We believe the combination of our strong balance sheet, and prudent risk management will allow us to achieve sustainable growth and continue delivering results that benefit our stakeholders for the long term,” said Portmann.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights:

    • Return on average assets (“ROAA”) improved to 0.81%, compared to 0.74% for the fourth quarter 2024, and decreased from 0.95% for the first quarter 2024.
    • Return on average equity (“ROAE”) was 8.48%, compared to 7.27% from the preceding quarter, and 9.32% from the first quarter a year earlier.
    • Net interest income was $11.3 million, compared to $10.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $11.4 million for the first quarter of 2024.
    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) increased to 4.12%, compared to 3.99% from the preceding quarter, and 4.38% for the first quarter a year ago.
    • Provision for credit losses was $83,000 for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to a recapture of $103,000 for the preceding quarter and a provision of $33,000 in the first quarter a year ago.
    • Gross portfolio loan balances increased to $707.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $704.9 million at December 31, 2024, and increased 2%, or $12.8 million from $694.2 million one year earlier.
    • Total deposits increased $59.9 million, or 6%, to $1.07 billion at March 31, 2025 compared to the previous quarter and increased $78.9 million, or 8%, from one year earlier. Non-interest bearing deposits represent 36% of total deposits at March 31, 2025, and support a lower cost core deposits portfolio. Core deposits were 88% of total deposits at March 31, 2025.
    • Non-performing assets to total assets ratio remained low at 0.10%, or $1.2 million for the current quarter end and were 0.09% and $1.1 million three months earlier. Substandard loans decreased $41,000 to $2.7 million at March 31, 2025 and special mention assets declined $680,000 to $10.1 million at March 31, 2025.
    • Shareholder equity increased $3.1 million during the quarter largely due to net income and lower accumulated other comprehensive loss marks on the investment portfolio, offset by stock repurchases and dividend payments. Tangible book value per share was $10.33 at March 31, 2025, an increase from $9.80 at March 31, 2024.
    • Pacific Financial and Bank of the Pacific continue to exceed regulatory well-capitalized requirements. At March 31, 2025, Pacific Financial’s estimated leverage ratio was 10.9% and its estimated total risk-based capital ratio was 17.4%.

    Balance Sheet Review

    Total assets increased to $1.22 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.15 billion at December 31, 2024, and $1.13 billion one year earlier.

    Cash and cash equivalents increased $63.7 million to $143.8 million at March 31, 2025 from $80.2 million at December 31, 2024 and $91.3 million one year earlier. The increase largely relates to deposit growth during the first quarter.

    Liquidity metrics continue to be strong and are managed to ensure adequate funding resources are available to meet customer demand. At March 31, 2025, the Company’s on and off-balance sheet sources totaled $549.7 million. This represents a coverage ratio of short-term funds available to uninsured and uncollateralized deposits of 212%. Included in available sources are collateralized credit lines the Company has established with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (FHLB) and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, as well as unsecured borrowing lines from various correspondent banks. There were no balance outstanding on any of these facilities at quarter-end. Uninsured or uncollateralized deposits were 24% of total deposits at March 31, 2025.

    Investment securities increased $0.9 million to $305.4 million, compared to $304.5 million at December 31, 2024 and increased $16.9 million compared to the like period a year ago. The largest investment category was collateralized mortgage obligations which accounted for 51% of the investment portfolio at March 31, 2025, compared to 48% at December 31, 2024 and 45% one year earlier. The yield on the investment portfolio increased 15 basis points during the current quarter to 3.60% from 3.45% for both the prior quarter and the first quarter a year ago. During the quarter, the bank implemented a $9.0 million restructure with a loss of $165,000; improving yields by over 200 basis points on those investment funds. The adjusted duration of the portfolio was 4.31 years at March 31, 2025 compared to 4.35 years at March 31, 2024.

    Gross loans balances increased $2.1 million, to $707.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $704.9 million at December 31, 2024. During the first quarter of 2025, growth in new owner-occupied commercial real estate and multi-family loans more than offset the decline in commercial & agriculture, construction & development and residential 1-4 family loans. Year-over-year loan growth was 2%, or $12.8 million, with the largest increases in multi-family loans and owner-occupied commercial real estate increasing $17.9 million and $9.2 million, respectively. Loans classified as commercial real estate for regulatory concentration purposes totaled $263.4 million at March 31, 2025, or 189% of total risk-based capital.

    The Company continues to manage concentration limits that establish maximum exposure levels by certain industry segments, loan product types, geography and single borrower limits. In addition, the loan portfolio continues to be well-diversified and is collateralized with assets predominantly within the Company’s Western Washington and Oregon markets.

    Credit quality: Nonperforming assets remain minimal at $1.2 million, or 0.10% of total assets at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.1 million, or 0.09% at December 31, 2024. Accruing loans past due more than 30 days represent only 0.04% of total loans. Total loans designated as special mention decreased to $10.1 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $10.8 million at December 31, 2024. The Company has zero other real estate owned as of March 31, 2025.

    Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) remained at $8.9 million, or 1.26% of gross loans at March 31, 2025. A provision for credit losses of $83,000 was recorded in the current quarter resulting from $75,000 in net charge-offs and loan growth. This compares to a recapture for credit losses of $103,000 in the fourth quarter of 2024 and a provision for credit losses of $33,000 for the first quarter one year earlier.  

    Total deposits increased to $1.07 billion at March 31, 2025 from $1.01 billion the prior quarter and $995.8 million one year earlier. The company’s strong core deposit base continues to positively impact the Bank’s net interest margin and operating results. Non-interest bearing deposits continued to remain the largest category of deposits and represented 36% of deposits at March 31, 2025. Additionally, interest-bearing demand and money market deposits represented 23% and 18% of total deposits, respectively, at March 31, 2025, and CDs as a percentage of deposits declined during the quarter, after increasing since fourth quarter 2022. CD balances were 12% of total deposits for the current quarter compared to 13% at the prior quarter.

    Shareholders’ equity was $116.9 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $113.9 million at December 31, 2024, and $114.7 million at March 31, 2024. The increase in shareholders’ equity during the current quarter was primarily due to net income and a decrease in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities with dividend payments and stock repurchases partially offsetting those increases. Net unrealized losses (after-tax) included in shareholders’ equity on available-for-sale securities were $14.2 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $17.5 million at December 31, 2024 and $16.6 million at March 31, 2024. During the quarter, the Company completed its repurchase of shares under the stock repurchase plan announced in October 2024.

    Book value per common share was $11.67 at March 31, 2025, compared to $11.26 at December 31, 2024, and $11.10 at March 31, 2024. The Company’s tangible common equity ratio declined to 8.6% at March 31, 2025 relative to 8.8% the prior quarter and 9.0% at March 31, 2024. Regulatory capital ratios of both the Company and the Bank continue to exceed the well-capitalized regulatory thresholds, with the Company’s leverage ratio at 10.9% and total risk-based capital ratio at 17.4% as of March 31, 2025. These regulatory capital ratios are estimates, pending completion and filing of regulatory reports.

    Income Statement Review

    Net interest income increased $439,000 to $11.3 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $10.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, and decreased $111,000 compared to $11.4 million for the first quarter a year ago. The change in the current quarter compared to the preceding quarter reflects the impact of higher loan and investment yields, lower deposit and borrowing costs as well as growth in total interest earning assets resulting from core deposit growth during the quarter. The decrease in net interest income compared to the year ago quarter primarily reflects a rise in funding costs and a decrease in yields on interest-bearing cash as the FOMC decreased the federal funds rate 100 basis points in 2024.

    The Bank’s net interest margin improved to 4.12% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 from 3.99% the prior quarter and declined from 4.38% one year earlier. The increase from the prior quarter resulted from both a 7 basis points decrease in costs of funds combined with a 13 basis point increase in loan yields and a 15 basis point increase in investment yields which was partially offset by a 34 basis point decrease in yields on interest-earning cash balances. Loan yields improved as longer term fixed and variable rate loans (originated in a lower rate environment) were renewed at higher rates. In addition, average loan yields on new originations were at higher yields than the current loan portfolio yield. Investment yields improved partially due to $32.3 million of investment purchases at higher yields over the last 6 months including a $9.0 million restructure that replaced lower yielding investments with higher yielding investments. The Bank continues to actively monitor and manage its costs of funds and even in a competitive environment was able to decrease rates on specific deposit categories during the first quarter. In addition, the high percentage of non-interest bearing deposits at 36% continues to help reduce volatility in deposit costs.

    Noninterest income decreased to $1.2 million for the current quarter, compared to $1.8 million for the linked quarter and $1.4 million a year earlier. The decrease compared to the linked quarter was primarily due to a loss on the sale of investment securities of $165,000 during the current quarter and a reduction in gain on sale of loans compared to the prior quarter as a result of closing the mortgage division during late 2024. In addition, a death benefit from a bank-owned life insurance policy realized in the fourth quarter of 2024 also contributed to the variance.   Fee and service charge income decreased in the first quarter of 2025 to $1.1 million compared to $1.3 million in the previous quarter and $1.1 million in the first quarter of 2024.

    Noninterest expenses decreased to $9.4 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $10.1 million for the prior quarter and $9.5 million for the first quarter of 2024. The decrease from the prior quarter was primarily related to reductions in mortgage lending salary and employee benefit costs and other mortgage lending costs resulting from the closure of the mortgage division in late 2024. The prior quarter included $773,000 in costs associated with severance and retention payments, lease termination costs and software contract termination expenses related to closing the mortgage division and $602,000 in other mortgage division costs.

    The company’s efficiency ratio decreased to 75.86% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 79.80% in the preceding quarter and increased from 74.21% in the same quarter a year ago.

    Income tax expense: Federal and Oregon state income tax expenses totaled $544,000 for the current quarter, and $492,000 for the preceding quarter, resulting in effective tax rates of 18.6% and 18.5%, respectively. These income tax expenses reflect the benefits of tax exempt income on tax-exempt loans and investments, affordable housing tax credit financing, and investments in bank-owned life insurance.

    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (unaudited) Quarter Ended   Change From
     
    (In 000s, except per share data)                          
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %
    Earnings Ratios & Data                          
    Net Income $ 2,377   $ 2,162   $ 2,650     $ 215   10 % $ (273 ) -10 %
    Return on average assets   0.81%     0.74%     0.95%       0.07%       -0.14 %  
    Return on average equity   8.48%     7.27%     9.32%       1.21%       -0.84 %  
    Efficiency ratio (1)   75.86%     79.80%     74.21%       -3.94 %     1.65 %  
    Net-interest margin %(2)   4.12%     3.99%     4.38%       0.13%       -0.26 %  
                               
    Share Ratios & Data                          
    Basic earnings per share $ 0.24   $ 0.21   $ 0.26     $ 0.03   14 % $ (0.02 ) -8 %
    Diluted earning per share $ 0.24   $ 0.21   $ 0.26     $ 0.03   14 % $ (0.02 ) -8 %
    Book value per share(3) $ 11.67   $ 11.26   $ 11.10     $ 0.41   4 % $ 0.57   5 %
    Tangible book value per share(4) $ 10.33   $ 9.93   $ 9.80     $ 0.40   4 % $ 0.53   5 %
    Common shares outstanding   10,020     10,110     10,336       (90 ) -1 %   (316 ) -3 %
    PFLC stock price $ 10.90   $ 12.45   $ 10.15     $ (1.55 ) -12 % $ 0.75   7 %
    Dividends paid per share $ 0.14   $ 0.14   $ 0.14     $   0 % $   0 %
                               
    Balance Sheet Data                          
    Assets $ 1,218,969   $ 1,153,563   $ 1,134,586     $ 65,406   6 % $ 84,383   7 %
    Portfolio Loans $ 707,034   $ 704,865   $ 694,229     $ 2,169   0 % $ 12,805   2 %
    Deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %
    Investments $ 305,377   $ 304,502   $ 288,439     $ 875   0 % $ 16,938   6 %
    Shareholders equity $ 116,949   $ 113,856   $ 114,725     $ 3,093   3 % $ 2,224   2 %
                               
    Liquidity Ratios                          
    Short-term funding to uninsured                          
    and uncollateralized deposits   212%     217%     251%       -5 %     -39 %  
    Uninsured and uncollateralized                          
    deposits to total deposits   24%     25%     22%       -1 %     2 %  
    Portfolio loans to deposits ratio   66%     69%     69%       -3 %     -3 %  
                               
    Asset Quality Ratios                          
    Non-performing assets to assets   0.10%     0.09%     0.13%       0.01%       -0.03 %  
    Non-accrual loans to portfolio loans   0.17%     0.16%     0.22%       0.01%       -0.05 %  
    Loan losses to avg portfolio loans   0.04%     -0.04 %   0.02%       0.08%       0.02 %  
    ACL to portfolio loans   1.26%     1.26%     1.24%       0.00%       0.02 %  
                               
    Capital Ratios (PFC)                          
    Total risk-based capital ratio   17.4%     17.5%     17.6%       -0.1 %     -0.2 %  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   16.3%     16.3%     16.5%       0.0%       -0.2 %  
    Common equity tier 1 ratio   14.7%     14.7%     14.8%       0.0%       -0.1 %  
    Leverage ratio   10.9%     11.3%     11.6%       -0.4 %     -0.7 %  
    Tangible common equity ratio   8.6%     8.8%     9.0%       -0.2 %     -0.4 %  
                               
    (1) Non-interest expense divided by net interest income plus noninterest income.
    (2) Tax-exempt income has been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis at a rate of 21%.
    (3) Book value per share is calculated as the total common shareholders’ equity divided by the period ending number of common stock shares outstanding.
    (4) Tangible book value per share is calculated as the total common shareholders’ equity less total intangible assets and liabilities, divided by the period ending number of common stock shares outstanding.
                               
                               
    INCOME STATEMENT (unaudited) Quarter Ended   Change From
     
    ($ in 000s)                          
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %
    Interest Income                          
    Loan interest & fee income $ 10,304   $ 10,340   $ 10,224     $ (36 ) 0 % $ 80   1 %
    Interest earning cash income   1,208     942     935       266   28 %   273   29 %
    Investment income   2,678     2,590     2,475       88   3 %   203   8 %
    Interest Income   14,190     13,872     13,634       318   2 %   556   4 %
                               
    Interest Expense                          
    Deposits interest expense   2,694     2,796     1,991       (102 ) -4 %   703   35 %
    Other borrowings interest expense   206     225     242       (19 ) -8 %   (36 ) -15 %
    Interest Expense   2,900     3,021     2,233       (121 ) -4 %   667   30 %
    Net Interest Income   11,290     10,851     11,401       439   4 %   (111 ) -1 %
    Provision(recapture) for credit losses   83     (103 )   33       186   -181 %   50   152 %
    Net Interest Income after provision   11,207     10,954     11,368       253   2 %   (161 ) -1 %
                               
    Non-Interest Income                          
    Fees and service charges   1,117     1,267     1,101       (150 ) -12 %   16   1 %
    Gain on sale of investments, net   (165 )             (165 ) -100 %   (165 ) -100 %
    Gain on sale of loans, net   (2 )   267     152       (269 ) -101 %   (154 ) -101 %
    Income on bank-owned insurance   191     250     180       (59 ) -24 %   11   6 %
    Other non-interest income   12     (9 )   11       21   -233 %   1   9 %
    Non-Interest Income   1,153     1,775     1,444       (622 ) -35 %   (291 ) -20 %
                               
    Non-Interest Expense                          
    Salaries and employee benefits   5,969     6,288     5,994       (319 ) -5 %   (25 ) 0 %
    Occupancy   592     768     641       (176 ) -23 %   (49 ) -8 %
    Furniture, Fixtures & Equipment   302     289     284       13   4 %   18   6 %
    Marketing & donations   153     149     154       4   3 %   (1 ) -1 %
    Professional services   299     267     336       32   12 %   (37 ) -11 %
    Data Processing & IT   1,218     1,380     1,191       (162 ) -12 %   27   2 %
    Other   906     934     933       (28 ) -3 %   (27 ) -3 %
    Non-Interest Expense   9,439     10,075     9,533       (636 ) -6 %   (94 ) -1 %
    Income before income taxes   2,921     2,654     3,279       267   10 %   (358 ) -11 %
    Provision for income taxes   544     492     629       52   11 %   (85 ) -14 %
    Net Income $ 2,377   $ 2,162   $ 2,650     $ 215   10 %   (273 ) -10 %
                               
    Effective tax rate   18.6%     18.5%     19.2%       0.1%       -0.6 %  
    BALANCE SHEET (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
    ($ in 000s)    
                                       
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024       $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Assets                                  
    Cash on hand and in banks $ 18,975   $ 18,136   $ 15,597     $ 839   5 % $ 3,378   22 %   2 % 2 % 1 %
    Interest earning deposits   124,854     62,015     75,705       62,839   101 %   49,149   65 %   10 % 5 % 7 %
    Investment securities   305,377     304,502     288,439       875   0 %   16,938   6 %   25 % 26 % 25 %
    Loans held-for-sale                   -100 %     -100 %   0 % 0 % 0 %
    Portfolio Loans, net of deferred fees   706,439     704,248     693,461       2,191   0 %   12,978   2 %   58 % 61 % 61 %
    Allowance for credit losses   (8,890 )   (8,851 )   (8,580 )     (39 ) 0 %   (310 ) 4 %   -1 % -1 % -1 %
    Net loans   697,549     695,397     684,881       2,152   0 %   12,668   2 %   57 % 60 % 60 %
    Premises & equipment   16,702     16,952     15,283       (250 ) -1 %   1,419   9 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Goodwill & Other Intangibles   13,435     13,435     13,435         0 %     0 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Bank-owned life Insurance   28,204     28,333     27,678       (129 ) 0 %   526   2 %   2 % 2 % 2 %
    Other assets   13,873     14,793     13,568       (920 ) -6 %   305   2 %   2 % 3 % 3 %
    Total Assets $ 1,218,969   $ 1,153,563   $ 1,134,586     $ 65,406   6 % $ 84,383   7 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    Liabilities & Shareholders’ Equity                                  
    Deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %   88 % 88 % 88 %
    Borrowings   13,403     13,403     13,403         0 %     0 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Other liabilities   13,971     11,573     10,702       2,398   21 %   3,269   31 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Shareholders’ equity   116,949     113,856     114,725       3,093   3 %   2,224   2 %   10 % 10 % 10 %
    Liabilities & Shareholders’ Equity $ 1,218,969   $ 1,153,563   $ 1,134,586     $ 65,406   6 % $ 84,383   7 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
                                       
    INVESTMENT COMPOSITION & CONCENTRATIONS (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
       
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Investment Securities                                  
    Collateralized mortgage obligations $ 156,105   $ 147,262   $ 129,213     $ 8,843   6 % $ 26,892   21 %   51 % 48 % 45 %
    Mortgage backed securities   40,396     46,112     37,753       (5,716 ) -12 %   2,643   7 %   13 % 15 % 13 %
    U.S. Government and agency securities 68,392     67,716     77,826       676   1 %   (9,434 ) -12 %   22 % 22 % 27 %
    Municipal securities   40,484     43,412     43,647       (2,928 ) -7 %   (3,163 ) -7 %   14 % 15 % 15 %
    Investment Securities $ 305,377   $ 304,502   $ 288,439     $ 875   0 % $ 16,938   6 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    Held to maturity securities $ 40,718   $ 41,442   $ 49,132     $ (724 ) -2 % $ (8,414 ) -17 %   13 % 14 % 17 %
    Available for sale securities $ 264,659   $ 263,060   $ 239,307     $ 1,599   1 % $ 25,352   11 %   87 % 86 % 83 %
                                       
    Government & Agency securities $ 264,866   $ 261,063   $ 244,762     $ 3,803   1 % $ 20,104   8 %   87 % 86 % 85 %
    AAA, AA, A rated securities $ 39,822   $ 42,773   $ 43,008     $ (2,951 ) -7 % $ (3,186 ) -7 %   13 % 14 % 15 %
    Non-rated securities $ 689   $ 666   $ 669     $ 23   3 % $ 20   3 %   0 % 0 % 0 %
                                       
    AFS Unrealized Gain (Loss) $ (18,284 ) $ (22,437 ) $ (21,464 )   $ 4,153   -19 % $ 3,180   -15 %   -6 % -7 % -7 %
                                       
                                       
    LIQUIDITY (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Deposits
    ($ in 000s)    
                                       
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Short-term Funding                                  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 129,616   $ 67,951   $ 80,052     $ 61,665   91 % $ 49,564   62 %   12 % 7 % 8 %
    Unencumbered AFS Securities   104,237     158,472     139,144       (54,235 ) -34 %   (34,907 ) -25 %   10 % 16 % 14 %
    Secured lines of Credit (FHLB, FRB)   315,876     324,187     337,553       (8,311 ) -3 %   (21,677 ) -6 %   29 % 32 % 34 %
    Short-term Funding $ 549,729   $ 550,610   $ 556,749     $ (881 ) 0 % $ (7,020 ) -1 %   51 % 54 % 56 %
                                       
                                       
    PORTFOLIO LOAN COMPOSITION & CONCENTRATIONS (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
       
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Portfolio Loans                                  
    Commercial & agriculture $ 70,209   $ 75,240   $ 71,320     $ (5,031 ) -7 % $ (1,111 ) -2 %   10 % 11 % 10 %
    Real estate:                                  
    Construction and development   34,669     42,725     51,978       (8,056 ) -19 %   (17,309 ) -33 %   5 % 6 % 7 %
    Residential 1-4 family   101,810     103,489     99,808       (1,679 ) -2 %   2,002   2 %   14 % 15 % 14 %
    Multi-family   72,313     68,978     54,430       3,335   5 %   17,883   33 %   10 % 10 % 8 %
    CRE — owner occupied   176,850     165,120     167,631       11,730   7 %   9,219   5 %   25 % 23 % 24 %
    CRE — non owner occupied   160,022     159,582     157,322       440   0 %   2,700   2 %   23 % 23 % 23 %
    Farmland   27,411     26,864     26,752       547   2 %   659   2 %   4 % 4 % 4 %
    Consumer   63,750     62,867     64,988       883   1 %   (1,238 ) -2 %   9 % 8 % 10 %
    Portfolio Loans   707,034     704,865     694,229       2,169   0 %   12,805   2 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
    Less: ACL   (8,890 )   (8,851 )   (8,580 )                      
    Less: deferred fees   (595 )   (617 )   (768 )                      
    Net loans $ 697,549   $ 695,397   $ 684,881                        
                                       
    Regulatory Commercial Real Estate $ 263,424   $ 267,857   $ 261,155     $ (4,433 ) -2 % $ 2,269   1 %   37 % 38 % 38 %
    Total Risk Based Capital(1) $ 139,133   $ 139,458   $ 139,255     $ (325 ) 0 % $ (122 ) 0 %        
    CRE to Risk Based Capital(1)   189%     192%     188%         -3 %     1 %        
                                       
                                       
    CRE–MULTI-FAMILY & NON OWNER OCCUPIED COMPOSITION (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
       
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Collateral Composition(2)                                  
    Multifamily $ 76,421   $ 73,575   $ 61,085     $ 2,846   4 % $ 15,336   25 %   31 % 30 % 27 %
    Retail   36,616     36,813     36,192       (197 ) -1 %   424   1 %   15 % 15 % 16 %
    Hospitality   31,772     31,369     32,468       403   1 %   (696 ) -2 %   13 % 13 % 14 %
    Office   23,975     23,921     23,730       54   0 %   245   1 %   10 % 10 % 10 %
    Mixed Use   22,706     22,662     22,204       44   0 %   502   2 %   9 % 9 % 10 %
    Mini Storage   22,654     25,028     23,438       (2,374 ) -9 %   (784 ) -3 %   9 % 10 % 10 %
    Industrial   15,230     14,723     13,348       507   3 %   1,882   14 %   6 % 6 % 6 %
    Warehouse   8,146     7,531     7,483       615   8 %   663   9 %   3 % 3 % 3 %
    Special Purpose   6,874     6,921     7,058       (47 ) -1 %   (184 ) -3 %   3 % 3 % 3 %
    Other   2,648     3,155     3,259       (507 ) -16 %   (611 ) -19 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Total $ 247,042   $ 245,698   $ 230,265     $ 1,344   1 % $ 16,777   7 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    (1) Bank of the Pacific
    (2) Includes loans in process of construction
                                       
                                       
    CREDIT QUALITY (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
           
             
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024        
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %        
    Risk Rating Distribution                                  
    Pass $ 694,240   $ 691,350   $ 684,779     $ 2,890   0 % $ 9,461   1 %        
    Special Mention   10,131     10,811     4,771       (680 ) -6 %   5,360   112 %        
    Substandard   2,663     2,704     4,679       (41 ) -2 %   (2,016 ) -43 %        
    Portfolio Loans $ 707,034   $ 704,865   $ 694,229     $ 2,169   0 % $ 12,805   2 %        
                                       
    Nonperforming Assets                                  
    Nonaccruing loans   1,225     1,094     1,526     $ 131   12 %   (301 ) -20 %        
    Other real estate owned                   0 %     0 %        
    Nonperforming Assets $ 1,225   $ 1,094   $ 1,526     $ 131   12 %   (301 ) -20 %        
                                       
    Credit Metrics                                  
    Classified loans1 to portfolio loans   0.38%     0.38%     0.67%       0.00%       -0.29 %          
    ACL to classified loans1   333.83%     327.33%     183.37%       6.50%       150.46 %          
    Loans past due 30+ days to portfolio loans2   0.04%     0.14%     0.10%       -0.10%       -0.06 %          
    Nonperforming assets to total assets   0.10%     0.09%     0.13%       0.01%       -0.03 %          
    Nonaccruing loans to portfolio loans   0.17%     0.16%     0.22%       0.01%       -0.05 %          
                                       
    (1) Classified loans include loans rated substandard or worse and are defined as loans having a well-defined weakness or weaknesses related to the borrower’s financial capacity or to pledged collateral that may jeopardize the repayment of the debt. They are characterized by the possibility that the Bank may sustain some loss if the deficiencies giving rise to the substandard classification are not corrected.
    (2) Excludes non-accrual loans
     
                                       
    DEPOSIT COMPOSITION & CONCENTRATIONS (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
       
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Deposits                                  
    Interest-bearing demand $ 243,363   $ 194,526   $ 177,735     $ 48,837   25 % $ 65,628   37 %   23 % 19 % 18 %
    Money market   197,184     193,324     169,095       3,860   2 %   28,089   17 %   18 % 19 % 17 %
    Savings   117,130     115,520     129,796       1,610   1 %   (12,666 ) -10 %   11 % 11 % 13 %
    Time deposits (CDs)   134,226     135,485     114,644       (1,259 ) -1 %   19,582   17 %   12 % 13 % 12 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   691,903     638,855     591,270       53,048   8 %   100,633   17 %   64 % 62 % 60 %
    Non-interest bearing demand   382,743     375,876     404,486       6,867   2 %   (21,743 ) -5 %   36 % 38 % 40 %
    Total deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    Insured Deposits $ 630,940   $ 629,600   $ 645,784     $ 1,340   0 % $ (385,920 ) -60 %   59 % 62 % 65 %
    Collateralized Deposits   183,842     131,327     127,733       52,515   40 %   56,109   44 %   17 % 13 % 13 %
    Uninsured Deposits   259,864     253,804     222,239       6,060   2 %   408,701   184 %   24 % 25 % 22 %
    Total Deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    Consumer Deposits $ 472,839   $ 466,826   $ 470,442     $ 6,013   1 % $ 2,397   1 %   44 % 46 % 47 %
    Business Deposits   407,974     406,308     387,917       1,666   0 %   20,057   5 %   38 % 40 % 39 %
    Public Deposits   193,833     141,597     137,397       52,236   37 %   56,436   41 %   18 % 14 % 14 %
    Total Deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
    NET INTEREST MARGIN (unaudited) Quarter Ended   Change From
     
    ($ in 000s)                          
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %
                               
    Average Interest Bearing Balances                        
    Portfolio loans $ 701,071   $ 703,811   $ 688,918     $ (2,740 ) 0 % $ 12,153   2 %
    Loans held for sale $   $ 1,033   $ 595     $ (1,033 ) -100 % $ (595 ) -100 %
    Investment securities $ 305,074   $ 302,501   $ 292,375     $ 2,573   1 % $ 12,699   4 %
    Interest earning cash $ 110,007   $ 78,296   $ 68,873     $ 31,711   41 % $ 41,134   60 %
    Total interest-earning assets $ 1,116,152   $ 1,085,641   $ 1,050,761     $ 30,511   3 % $ 65,391   6 %
    Non-interest bearing deposits $ 378,470   $ 388,227   $ 395,004     $ (9,757 ) -3 % $ (16,534 ) -4 %
    Interest-bearing deposits $ 675,122   $ 628,475   $ 590,410     $ 46,647   7 % $ 84,712   14 %
    Total Deposits $ 1,053,592   $ 1,016,702   $ 985,414     $ 36,890   4 % $ 68,178   7 %
    Borrowings $ 13,403   $ 13,403   $ 13,403     $   0 % $   0 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 688,525   $ 641,878   $ 603,813     $ 46,647   7 % $ 84,712   14 %
                               
    Yield / Cost $(1)                          
    Portfolio loans $ 10,316   $ 10,336   $ 10,233     $ (20 ) 0 % $ 83   1 %
    Loans held for sale $   $ 16   $ 5     $ (16 ) -100 % $ (5 ) -100 %
    Investment securities $ 2,710   $ 2,622   $ 2,507     $ 88   3 % $ 203   8 %
    Interest-bearing cash $ 1,208   $ 942   $ 935     $ 266   28 % $ 273   29 %
    Total interest-earning assets $ 14,234   $ 13,916   $ 13,680     $ 318   2 % $ 554   4 %
    Interest-bearing deposits $ 2,694   $ 2,796   $ 1,991     $ (102 ) -4 % $ 703   35 %
    Borrowings $ 206   $ 225   $ 242     $ (19 ) -8 % $ (36 ) -15 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 2,900   $ 3,021   $ 2,233     $ (121 ) -4 % $ 667   30 %
    Net interest income $ 11,334   $ 10,895   $ 11,447     $ 439   4 % $ (113 ) -1 %
                               
    Yield / Cost %(1)                          
    Yield on portfolio loans   5.97 %   5.84 %   5.97 %     0.13 %     0.00 %  
    Yield on investment securities   3.60 %   3.45 %   3.45 %     0.15 %     0.15 %  
    Yield on interest-bearing cash   4.45 %   4.79 %   5.45 %     -0.34 %     -1.00 %  
    Cost of interest-bearing deposits   1.62 %   1.77 %   1.36 %     -0.15 %     0.26 %  
    Cost of borrowings   6.23 %   6.68 %   7.26 %     -0.45 %     -1.03 %  
    Cost of deposits and borrowings   1.10 %   1.17 %   0.90 %     -0.07 %     0.20 %  
                               
    Yield on interest-earning assets   5.17 %   5.10 %   5.24 %     0.07 %     -0.07 %  
    Cost of interest-bearing liabilities   1.71 %   1.87 %   1.49 %     -0.16 %     0.22 %  
    Net interest spread   3.46 %   3.23 %   3.75 %     0.23 %     -0.29 %  
    Net interest margin   4.12 %   3.99 %   4.38 %     0.13 %     -0.26 %  
                               
    (1) Tax-exempt income has been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis at a rate of 21%.      
                               
                               
    ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (ACL) (unaudited) Quarter Ended   Change From
     
    ($ in 000s)                          
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %
    Allowance for Credit Losses                          
    Beginning of period balance $ 8,851   $ 8,897   $ 8,530     $ (46 ) -1 % $ 321   4 %
    Impact of CECL Adoption (ASC 326)                   -100 %     -100 %
    Charge-offs   (75 )   (32 )   (35 )     (43 ) 134 %   (40 ) 114 %
    Recoveries       105     2       (105 ) -100 %   (2 ) -100 %
    Net (charge-off) recovery   (75 )   73     (33 )     (148 ) -203 %   (42 ) 127 %
    Provision (recapture)   114     (119 )   83       233   -196 %   31   37 %
    End of period balance $ 8,890   $ 8,851   $ 8,580     $ 39   0 % $ 310   4 %
                               
    Net charge-off (recovery) to                          
    average portfolio loans   0.04 %   -0.04 %   0.02 %     0.08 %     0.02 %  
    ACL to portfolio loans   1.26 %   1.26 %   1.24 %     0.00 %     0.02 %  
                               
    Allowance for unfunded loans                          
    Beginning of period balance $ 540   $ 524   $ 698     $ 16   3 % $ (158 ) -23 %
    Impact of CECL Adoption (ASC 326)                   -100 %     -100 %
    Provision (recapture)   (31 )   16     (50 )     (47 ) -294 %   19   -38 %
    End of period balance $ 509   $ 540   $ 648     $ (31 ) -6 % $ (139 ) -21 %

    ABOUT PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORATION

    Pacific Financial Corporation of Aberdeen, Washington, is the bank holding company for Bank of the Pacific, a state chartered and federally insured commercial bank. Bank of the Pacific offers banking products and services to small-to-medium sized businesses and professionals in western Washington and Oregon. At March 31, 2025, the Company had total assets of $1.22 billion and operated fifteen branches in the communities of Grays Harbor, Pacific, Thurston, Whatcom, Skagit, Clark and Wahkiakum counties in the State of Washington, and three branches in the communities of Clatsop and Clackamas counties in Oregon. The Company also operated loan production offices in the communities of Burlington, Washington and Salem, Oregon. Visit the Company’s website at www.bankofthepacific.com. Member FDIC.

    Cautions Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and other laws, including all statements in this release that are not historical facts or that relate to future plans or events or projected results of Pacific Financial Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank of the Pacific. Such statements are based on information available at the time of communication and are based on current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those projected, anticipated or implied, and could negatively impact the Company’s operating and stock price performance. These risks and uncertainties include various risks associated with growing the Bank and expanding the services it provides, development of new business lines and markets, competition in the marketplace, general economic conditions, changes in interest rates, extensive and evolving regulation of the banking industry, and many other risks. Any forward-looking statements in this communication are based on information at the time the statement is made. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement. Readers of this release are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

    Contacts:
      Denise Portmann, President & CEO
      Carla Tucker, EVP & CFO
      360.533.8873

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Preferred Bank Reports First Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LOS ANGELES, April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Preferred Bank (NASDAQ: PFBC), one of the larger independent California banks, today reported results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. Preferred Bank (“the Bank”) reported net income of $30.0 million or $2.23 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2025. This represents a small decrease in net income of $197,000 from the prior quarter and a decrease of $3.4 million from the same quarter last year. The decrease compared to both periods was mainly due to a decrease in net interest income. In the first quarter of 2025, the incremental impact to interest income from loans placed on nonaccrual status was approximately $2.8 million. In addition, a property securing one of our loans was damaged in the Palisades fire in January and as a result, the Bank has reversed out the $208,000 interest receivable on this loan although we expect to recoup this amount after the property is sold. In addition to a lowering of overall interest rates, these were the main factors in the decrease in net interest income.

    Net interest income was $62.7 million, a decrease of $6.5 million from the previous quarter and a decrease of $5.8 million compared to the same quarter last year. Noninterest income was $4.0 million, an increase of $361,000 over the prior quarter and an increase of $933,000 over the same quarter last year. Noninterest expense was $23.4 million, a decrease of $4.9 million from the previous quarter and an increase of $3.3 million over the same quarter last year.

    Highlights for the Quarter:

    • Return on average assets was 1.76%
    • Return on beginning equity of 15.96%
    • Total deposits increased by $155.9 million or 2.6%, linked quarter
    • Efficiency ratio was 35.1%

    Li Yu, Chairman and CEO, commented, “Preferred Bank’s net income for the first quarter, 2025 was $30.0 million or $2.23 per fully diluted share. This quarter, there was an outsized impact to interest income of approximately $2.8 million on nonaccrual loans. We have also written down the value of our one OREO property by $1.3 million.

    Non-accrual loans totaled $78.9 million as of March 31, 2025 and are mostly comprised of two loans totaling $65.6 million. These two loans are well-secured, and we do not anticipate any losses associated with these two credits. Overall criticized loans have decreased to $129.2 million from $158.2 million at year-end. There were very few new migrations into the criticized loan category.

    The large interest reversal of $2.8 million significantly affected the reported net interest margin, which was 3.75% for the quarter. Without that, the margin would have been much closer to the 4.06% reported in the fourth quarter of 2024. Deposit growth for the quarter was $155.9 million or 2.6% on a linked quarter basis. However, total loans reduced slightly from December 31, 2024. We do not feel there will be material changes in the loan demand in the near future under the shadow of the import tariff uncertainty.

    The import tariff impositions and threats are truly unprecedented. At this time, we are still completely uncertain as to the size of the tariffs and which countries will ultimately be tariffed. In short, every American’s economic well-being will likely be impacted. Even if an agreement can be reached within the “90 days”, there seems to be no certainty that the issue will be completely resolved and this uncertainty may persist for a year or possibly more. We at Preferred Bank will stay alert and constantly monitoring our activities.

    As a starting point, we have began a “deep-dive” within our relatively small “trade finance” portfolio and will continue to widen the scope of our credit monitoring activities related to trade.”

    Results of Operations

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin. Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $62.7 million for the first quarter of 2025. This represents a $6.5 million decrease from the $69.2 million recorded in the prior quarter and a $5.8 million decrease from the same quarter last year. The decrease compared to both comparable quarters was primarily due to the reversal of interest income of $2.8 million associated with the nonaccrual loans. In addition, there was a property in the Palisades fire that secured a construction loan financed by the Bank. As part of that restructuring, the Bank elected to reverse $208,000 out of interest income that had accrued on that loan. Interest expense decreased compared to both comparable periods despite growth in deposits during the quarter. The Bank’s net interest margin came in at 3.75% for the quarter, this is down from the 4.06% recorded last quarter and from the 4.19% margin achieved in the first quarter of the prior year. The loan interest reversals played a major role in the decrease of the net interest margin in the first quarter. Management believes that efforts to reduce the Bank’s deposit costs have been largely effective as evidenced by the decreases in interest expense.

    Noninterest Income. For the first quarter of 2025, noninterest income was $4.0 million compared with $3.1 million for the same quarter last year and compared to $3.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. The increase over the prior quarter was primarily due to letter of credit (LC) fee income which was up by $268,000 and gains on sales of SBA loans which increased by $163,000. In comparing to the same quarter last year, fee income was down but LC fee income increased by $741,000 and gains on sales of SBA loans increased by $172,000.

    Noninterest Expense. Total noninterest expense was $23.4 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $28.2 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and compared to the $20.0 million recorded in the same period last year. The primary reason for the decrease over the prior quarter was the $8.1 million occupancy expense adjustment recorded in the fourth quarter of 2024. This was related to accounting pronouncement ASC 842, accounting for leases. Partially offsetting that was an increase in personnel expense of $1.6 million and an increase in OREO expense of $1.4 million. In the first quarter of 2025, the Bank recorded a valuation charge of $1.3 million related to the OREO property in Santa Barbara. In comparing to the same quarter last year; personnel expense was up by $939,000, occupancy expense was up by $583,000 and OREO expense was up by $1.4 million due to the aforementioned OREO valuation charge recorded in the first quarter of 2025. Salary expense increased over the same quarter last year due mainly to an increase in personnel and merit increases. The increase in personnel expense over the prior quarter was primarily due to employer paid taxes as during the first quarter, incentive compensation is paid out to employees.

    Income Taxes. The Bank recorded a provision for income taxes of $12.6 million for the first quarter of 2025. This represents an effective tax rate (“ETR”) of 29.5% which is up from the 29.0% ETR for last quarter and up from the 29.0% ETR recorded in the same period last year. The Bank’s ETR will fluctuate slightly from quarter to quarter within a fairly small range due to the timing of taxable events throughout the year.

    Balance Sheet Summary

    Total gross loans at March 31, 2025 were $5.63 billion, a decrease of $6.2 million from the total of $5.64 billion as of December 31, 2024. Total deposits were $6.07 billion, an increase of $155.9 million from the $5.92 billion as of December 31, 2024. Total assets were $7.1 billion, an increase of $176.7 million over the total of $6.92 billion as of December 31, 2024.

    Asset Quality

    Non-accrual loans and loans 90 days past due and still accruing totaled $78.9 million as of March 31, 2025. The bulk of the nonaccrual loans comprised of two loans totaling $65.6 million. One of the loans is a multi-family loan which is well-secured and the other loan is now vacant, entitled land in a prime area of Orange County. Again, this loan is also well-secured. The loans were part of the same relationship and one is now working its way through the bankruptcy court while the other loan is in the process of being sold, at par. Management is confident that there will be no loss associated with these two loans. Total net charge-offs (recoveries) for the quarter were ($97,000) compared to net charge-offs of $6.6 million in the prior quarter. In addition to that, the Bank wrote down the value of its OREO property in Santa Barbara by $1.34 million, reflecting the proposed net proceeds of the most recent sales contract that the Bank was involved in, which sale did not materialize.

    Total criticized loans decreased to $129.2 million from $158.1 million reported in the prior quarter.

    Allowance for Credit Losses

    The provision for credit losses for the first quarter of 2025 was $700,000 compared to $2.0 million last quarter and compared to $4.4 million in the same quarter last year. The Bank’s allowance coverage ratio increased to 1.28% of loans as compared to 1.27% in the prior quarter.

    Capitalization

    As of March 31, 2025, the Bank’s tangible capital ratio was 10.96%, the leverage ratio was 11.52%, the common equity tier 1 capital ratio was 11.86% and the total capital ratio stood at 15.15%. As of December 31, 2024, the Bank’s tangible capital ratio was 11.02%, the Bank’s leverage ratio was 11.33%, the common equity tier 1 ratio was 11.80% and the total capital ratio was 15.11%.

    Conference Call and Webcast

    A conference call with simultaneous webcast to discuss Preferred Bank’s first quarter 2025 financial results will be held this afternoon April 25, 2025 at 2:00 p.m. Eastern / 11:00 a.m. Pacific. Interested participants and investors may access the conference call by dialing 844-826-3037 (domestic) or 412-317-5182 (international) and referencing “Preferred Bank.” There will also be a live webcast of the call available at the Investor Relations section of Preferred Bank’s website at www.preferredbank.com.

    Preferred Bank’s Chairman and CEO Li Yu, President and Chief Operating Officer Wellington Chen, Chief Financial Officer Edward J. Czajka, Chief Credit Officer Nick Pi and Deputy Chief Operating Officer Johnny Hsu will discuss Preferred Bank’s financial results, business highlights and outlook. After the live webcast, a replay will be available at the Investor Relations section of Preferred Bank’s website. A replay of the call will also be available at 877-344-7529 (domestic) or 412-317-0088 (international) through May 2, 2025; the passcode is 8939265.

    About Preferred Bank

    Preferred Bank is one of the larger independent commercial banks headquartered in California. The Bank is chartered by the State of California, and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, to the maximum extent permitted by law. The Bank conducts its banking business from its main office in Los Angeles, California, and through twelve full-service branch banking offices in California (Alhambra, Century City, City of Industry, Torrance, Arcadia, Irvine (2), Diamond Bar, Pico Rivera, Tarzana and San Francisco (2)), two branches in New York (Manhattan and Flushing, Queens) and a branch office in the Houston, Texas suburb of Sugar Land. In addition, the Bank also operates a loan production office in Sunnyvale, California. Preferred Bank offers a broad range of deposit and loan products and services to both commercial and consumer customers. The Bank provides personalized deposit services as well as real estate finance, commercial loans and trade finance to small and mid-sized businesses, entrepreneurs, real estate developers, professionals and high net worth individuals. Although originally founded as a Chinese-American Bank, Preferred Bank now derives most of its customers from the diversified mainstream market but does continue to benefit from the significant migration to California of ethnic Chinese from China and other areas of East Asia.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements include, but are not limited to, statements about the Bank’s future financial and operating results, the Bank’s plans, objectives, expectations and intentions and other statements that are not historical facts. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Bank’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements: changes in economic conditions; changes in the California real estate market; the loss of senior management and other employees; natural disasters or recurring energy
    shortage; changes in interest rates; competition from other financial services companies; ineffective underwriting practices; inadequate allowance for loan and lease losses to cover actual losses; risks inherent in construction lending; adverse economic conditions in Asia; downturn in international trade; inability to attract deposits; inability to raise additional capital when needed or on favorable terms; inability to manage growth; inadequate communications, information, operating and financial control systems, technology from fourth party service providers; the U.S. government’s monetary policies; government regulation; environmental liability with respect to properties to which the bank takes title; and the threat of terrorism. Additional factors that could cause the Bank’s results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found in the Bank’s 2024 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation which can be found on Preferred Bank’s website. The forward-looking statements in this press release speak only as of the date of the press release, and the Bank assumes no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements. For additional information about Preferred Bank, please visit the Bank’s website at www.preferredbank.com.

    AT THE COMPANY: AT FINANCIAL PROFILES:
    Edward J. Czajka  Jeffrey Haas
    Executive Vice President General Information
    Chief Financial Officer (310) 622-8240
    (213) 891-1188 PFBC@finprofiles.com
       
       

    Financial Tables to Follow

     
    PREFERRED BANK
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for net income per share and shares)
               
               
      For the Quarter Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024  
    Interest income:          
    Loans, including fees $ 101,491     $ 111,596     $ 109,980  
    Investment securities   12,810       14,013       16,257  
    Fed funds sold   228       249       283  
     Total interest income   114,529       125,858       126,520  
               
    Interest expense:          
    Interest-bearing demand   16,590       18,245       22,290  
    Savings   69       85       75  
    Time certificates   33,887       37,030       34,330  
    Subordinated debt   1,325       1,325       1,325  
     Total interest expense   51,871       56,685       58,020  
     Net interest income   62,658       69,173       68,500  
    Provision for credit losses   700       2,000       4,400  
     Net interest income after provision for credit losses   61,958       67,173       64,100  
               
    Noninterest income:          
    Fees & service charges on deposit accounts   716       761       845  
    Letters of credit fee income   2,244       1,977       1,503  
    BOLI income   103       102       105  
    Net gain on sale of loans   275       112       103  
    Other income   660       685       509  
     Total noninterest income   3,998       3,637       3,065  
               
    Noninterest expense:          
    Salary and employee benefits   14,839       13,279       13,900  
    Net occupancy expense   2,294       10,110       1,711  
    Business development and promotion expense   462       340       266  
    Professional services   1,651       1,606       1,457  
    Office supplies and equipment expense   386       396       473  
    OREO valuation allowance and related expense   1,531       155       135  
    Other   2,206       2,360       2,086  
     Total noninterest expense   23,369       28,246       20,028  
     Income before provision for income taxes   42,587       42,564       47,137  
    Income tax expense   12,563       12,343       13,671  
     Net income $ 30,024     $ 30,221     $ 33,466  
               
    Income per share available to common shareholders          
     Basic $ 2.27     $ 2.29     $ 2.48  
     Diluted $ 2.23     $ 2.25     $ 2.44  
               
    Weighted-average common shares outstanding          
     Basic   13,226,582       13,190,696       13,508,878  
     Diluted   13,453,176       13,442,294       13,736,986  
               
    Cash dividends per common share $ 0.75     $ 0.75     $ 0.70  
               
    PREFERRED BANK
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands)
           
           
      March 31,   December 31,
        2025       2024  
      (Unaudited)   (Audited)
    Assets      
    Cash and due from banks $ 905,183     $ 765,515  
    Fed funds sold   20,000       20,000  
    Cash and cash equivalents   925,183       785,515  
           
    Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost   19,745       20,021  
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   390,096       348,706  
           
    Loans held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value         2,214  
           
    Loans   5,634,413       5,640,615  
    Less allowance for credit losses   (72,274 )     (71,477 )
    Less amortized deferred loan fees, net   (9,652 )     (9,234 )
    Loans, net   5,552,487       5,559,904  
           
    Other real estate owned and repossessed assets   13,650       14,991  
    Bank furniture and fixtures, net   8,276       8,462  
    Bank-owned life insurance   10,502       10,433  
    Accrued interest receivable   31,775       33,561  
    Investment in affordable housing partnerships   63,612       58,346  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost   15,000       15,000  
    Deferred tax assets   46,280       47,402  
    Income tax receivable         2,195  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   20,281       13,182  
    Other assets   3,205       3,497  
    Total assets $ 7,100,092     $ 6,923,429  
           
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity      
    Deposits:      
    Noninterest bearing demand deposits $ 730,270     $ 704,859  
    Interest bearing deposits:   2,099,987       2,026,965  
    Savings   32,631       30,150  
    Time certificates of $250,000 or more   1,531,715       1,477,931  
    Other time certificates   1,678,132       1,676,943  
    Total deposits   6,072,735       5,916,848  
           
    Subordinated debt issuance, net   148,529       148,469  
    Commitments to fund investment in affordable housing partnerships   20,956       21,623  
    Operating lease liabilities   24,021       16,990  
    Accrued interest payable   14,634       16,517  
    Other liabilities   40,613       39,830  
    Total liabilities   6,321,488       6,160,277  
           
    Shareholders’ equity   778,604       763,152  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 7,100,092     $ 6,923,429  
           
    Book value per common share $ 59.30     $ 57.86  
    Number of common shares outstanding   13,130,296       13,188,776  
    PREFERRED BANK
    Selected Consolidated Financial Information
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for ratios)
               
               
      For the Quarter Ended
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
       2025   2024   2024   2024   2024 
    Unaudited historical quarterly operations data:          
    Interest income $ 114,529   $ 125,858   $ 129,424   $ 127,294   $ 126,520  
    Interest expense   51,871     56,685     60,576     61,187     58,020  
     Interest income before provision for credit losses   62,658     69,173     68,848     66,107     68,500  
    Provision for credit losses   700     2,000     3,200     2,500     4,400  
    Noninterest income   3,998     3,637     3,459     3,404     3,065  
    Noninterest expense   23,369     28,246     22,089     19,697     20,028  
    Income tax expense   12,563     12,343     13,635     13,722     13,671  
     Net income $ 30,024   $ 30,221   $ 33,383   $ 33,592   $ 33,466  
               
    Earnings per share          
     Basic $ 2.27   $ 2.29   $ 2.50   $ 2.51   $ 2.48  
     Diluted $ 2.23   $ 2.25   $ 2.46   $ 2.48   $ 2.44  
               
    Ratios for the period:          
    Return on average assets   1.76 %   1.74 %   1.95 %   1.97 %   2.00 %
    Return on beginning equity   15.96 %   16.03 %   18.37 %   19.31 %   19.36 %
    Net interest margin (Fully-taxable equivalent)   3.75 %   4.06 %   4.10 %   3.96 %   4.19 %
    Noninterest expense to average assets   1.37 %   1.62 %   1.29 %   1.15 %   1.20 %
    Efficiency ratio   35.06 %   38.79 %   30.55 %   28.34 %   27.99 %
    Net (recoveries) charge-offs to average loans (annualized)   -0.01 %   0.47 %   -0.00 %   0.68 %   0.26 %
               
    Ratios as of period end:          
    Tangible common equity ratio   10.96 %   11.02 %   10.92 %   10.55 %   10.35 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio   11.52 %   11.33 %   11.28 %   10.89 %   10.80 %
    Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   11.86 %   11.80 %   11.66 %   11.52 %   11.50 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   11.86 %   11.80 %   11.66 %   11.52 %   11.50 %
    Total risk-based capital ratio   15.15 %   15.11 %   15.06 %   14.93 %   15.08 %
    Allowances for credit losses to loans at end of period   1.28 %   1.27 %   1.36 %   1.34 %   1.49 %
    Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans 0.91 x 1.89 x   3.92 x   1.79 x   4.33 x
               
    Average balances:          
    Total securities $ 402,754   $ 350,732   $ 356,590   $ 353,357   $ 348,961  
    Total loans   5,555,010     5,542,558     5,458,613     5,320,360     5,263,562  
    Total earning assets   6,780,438     6,788,487     6,684,766     6,728,498     6,585,853  
    Total assets   6,905,249     6,920,325     6,817,979     6,863,829     6,718,018  
    Total time certificate of deposits   3,164,766     3,144,523     2,874,985     2,884,259     2,852,860  
    Total interest bearing deposits   5,244,243     5,220,655     5,124,245     5,203,034     5,004,834  
    Total deposits   5,886,163     5,905,127     5,828,227     5,901,976     5,761,488  
    Total interest bearing liabilities   5,392,735     5,369,092     5,272,617     5,351,347     5,153,089  
    Total equity   779,339     760,345     747,222     715,190     704,996  
               
    PREFERRED BANK
    Selected Consolidated Financial Information
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for ratios)
                             
                             
            As of
            March 31,   December 31,   September 30, June 30,   March 31,
            2025   2024   2024   2024   2024
    Unaudited quarterly statement of financial position data:                  
    Assets:                  
      Cash and cash equivalents $ 925,183     $ 785,515     $ 804,994     $ 917,677     $ 936,600  
      Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost   19,745       20,021       20,311       20,605       20,904  
      Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   390,096       348,706       337,363       331,909       333,411  
      Loans:                  
        Real estate – Mortgage:                  
          Real estate—Residential $ 779,462     $ 790,069     $ 753,453     $ 732,251     $ 724,101  
          Real estate—Commercial   2,897,956       2,840,771       2,882,506       2,833,430       2,777,608  
          Total Real Estate – Mortgage   3,677,418       3,630,840       3,635,959       3,565,681       3,501,709  
        Real estate – Construction:                  
          R/E Construction — Residential   306,283       296,580       274,214       238,062       236,596  
          R/E Construction — Commercial   269,065       287,185       290,308       247,582       213,727  
          Total real estate construction loans   575,348       583,765       564,522       485,644       450,323  
        Commercial and industrial   1,374,379       1,418,930       1,365,550       1,371,694       1,369,529  
        SBA   7,104       6,833       5,424       5,463       3,914  
        Consumer and others   164       247       124       118       379  
          Gross loans   5,634,413       5,640,615       5,571,579       5,428,600       5,325,854  
      Allowance for credit losses on loans   (72,274 )     (71,477 )     (76,051 )     (72,848 )     (79,311 )
      Net deferred loan fees   (9,652 )     (9,234 )     (10,414 )     (10,502 )     (10,460 )
        Net loans, excluding loans held for sale $ 5,552,487     $ 5,559,904     $ 5,485,114     $ 5,345,250     $ 5,236,083  
      Loans held for sale $     $ 2,214     $ 225     $ 955     $ 605  
        Net loans $ 5,552,487     $ 5,562,118     $ 5,485,339     $ 5,346,205     $ 5,236,688  
                             
      Other real estate owned and repossessed assets $ 13,650     $ 14,991     $ 15,082     $ 16,716     $ 16,716  
      Investment in affordable housing partnerships   63,612       58,346       58,009       60,432       62,854  
      Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost   15,000       15,000       15,000       15,000       15,000  
      Other assets   120,319       118,732       136,246       138,036       134,040  
        Total assets $ 7,100,092     $ 6,923,429     $ 6,872,344     $ 6,846,580     $ 6,756,213  
                             
    Liabilities:                  
      Deposits:                  
        Demand $ 730,270     $ 704,859     $ 682,859     $ 675,767     $ 709,767  
        Interest bearing demand   2,099,987       2,026,965       1,994,288       2,326,214       2,159,948  
        Savings   32,631       30,150       29,793       28,251       29,261  
        Time certificates of $250,000 or more   1,531,715       1,477,931       1,478,500       1,406,149       1,349,927  
        Other time certificates   1,678,132       1,676,943       1,682,324       1,442,381       1,552,805  
        Total deposits $ 6,072,735     $ 5,916,848     $ 5,867,764     $ 5,878,762     $ 5,801,708  
                             
      Subordinated debt issuance, net   148,529       148,469       148,410       148,351       148,292  
      Commitments to fund investment in affordable housing partnerships   20,956       21,623       23,617       27,946       29,647  
      Other liabilities   79,268       73,337       82,436       68,394       77,008  
        Total liabilities $ 6,321,488     $ 6,160,277     $ 6,122,227     $ 6,123,453     $ 6,056,655  
                             
    Equity:                    
      Net common stock, no par value $ 96,079     $ 105,501     $ 109,928     $ 113,509     $ 115,915  
      Retained earnings   705,360       685,108       664,808       640,675       616,417  
      Accumulated other comprehensive income   (22,835 )     (27,457 )     (24,619 )     (31,057 )     (32,774 )
        Total shareholders’ equity $ 778,604     $ 763,152     $ 750,117     $ 723,127     $ 699,558  
        Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 7,100,092     $ 6,923,429     $ 6,872,344     $ 6,846,580     $ 6,756,213  
                             
    PREFERRED BANK
    Quarter-to-Date Average Balances, Yield and Rates
    (Unaudited)
                               
                           
          Three months ended
    March 31,
      Three months ended
    December 31,
      Three months ended
    March 31,
           2025     2024     2024 
            Interest Average     Interest Average     Interest Average
          Average Income or Yield/   Average Income or Yield/   Average Income or Yield/
          Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate
    ASSETS (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest earning assets:                      
      Loans (1,2) $ 5,556,521   $ 101,491   7.41 %   $ 5,543,215   $ 111,596   8.01 %   $ 5,265,940   $ 109,980   8.40 %
      Investment securities (3)   402,754     4,093   4.12 %     350,732     3,566   4.04 %     348,961     3,430   3.95 %
      Federal funds sold   20,222     228   4.57 %     20,172     249   4.91 %     20,390     283   5.58 %
      Other earning assets   800,941     8,816   4.46 %     874,368     10,546   4.80 %     950,562     12,928   5.47 %
        Total interest earning assets   6,780,438     114,628   6.86 %     6,788,487     125,957   7.38 %     6,585,853     126,621   7.73 %
      Deferred loan fees, net   (9,189 )         (9,808 )         (10,694 )    
      Allowance for credit losses on loans   (71,550 )         (75,474 )         (78,349 )    
    Noninterest earning assets:                      
      Cash and due from banks   11,513           10,626           11,244      
      Bank furniture and fixtures   8,439           8,866           10,084      
      Right of use assets   15,201           28,570           22,003      
      Other assets   170,397           169,058           177,877      
        Total assets $ 6,905,249         $ 6,920,325         $ 6,718,018      
                               
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    Interest bearing liabilities:                      
      Deposits:                      
        Interest bearing demand and savings $ 2,079,477   $ 16,659   3.25 %   $ 2,076,132   $ 18,330   3.51 %   $ 2,151,974   $ 22,365   4.18 %
        TCD $250K or more   1,482,324     15,640   4.28 %     1,481,219     17,514   4.70 %     1,341,298     16,501   4.95 %
        Other time certificates   1,682,442     18,247   4.40 %     1,663,304     19,516   4.67 %     1,511,562     17,829   4.74 %
        Total interest bearing deposits   5,244,243     50,546   3.91 %     5,220,655     55,360   4.22 %     5,004,834     56,695   4.56 %
    Short-term borrowings         0.00 %     3     0   3.31 %           0.00 %
    Subordinated debt, net   148,492     1,325   3.62 %     148,434     1,325   3.55 %     148,255     1,325   3.59 %
        Total interest bearing liabilities   5,392,735     51,871   3.90 %     5,369,092     56,685   4.20 %     5,153,089     58,020   4.53 %
    Noninterest bearing liabilities:                      
      Demand deposits   641,920           684,472           756,654      
      Lease liability   18,963           25,486           19,500      
      Other liabilities   72,292           80,930           83,779      
        Total liabilities   6,125,910           6,159,980           6,013,022      
    Shareholders’ equity   779,339           760,345           704,996      
        Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 6,905,249         $ 6,920,325         $ 6,718,018      
    Net interest income   $ 62,757         $ 69,272         $ 68,601    
    Net interest spread     2.96 %       3.18 %       3.20 %
    Net interest margin     3.75 %       4.06 %       4.19 %
                               
    Cost of Deposits:                      
      Noninterest bearing demand deposits $ 641,920         $ 684,472         $ 756,654      
      Interest bearing deposits   5,244,243     50,546   3.91 %     5,220,655     55,360   4.22 %     5,004,834     56,695   4.56 %
        Total Deposits $ 5,886,163   $ 50,546   3.48 %   $ 5,905,127   $ 55,360   3.73 %   $ 5,761,488   $ 56,695   3.96 %
                               
    (1) Includes non-accrual loans and loans held for sale                    
    (2) Net loan fee income of $865,000, $1.2 million, and $1.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively, are included in the yield computations
    (3) Yields on securities have been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis                  
    Preferred Bank
    Loan and Credit Quality Information
                 
    Allowance For Credit Losses History
            Quarter Ended   Year Ended
            March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
             (Dollars in 000’s)
    Allowance For Credit Losses      
    Balance at Beginning of Period $ 71,477     $ 78,355  
      Charge-Offs      
        Commercial & Industrial         19,028  
        Total Charge-Offs         19,028  
                 
      Recoveries      
        Commercial & Industrial   97       50  
        Total Recoveries   97       50  
                 
      Net (Recoveries) Charge-Offs   (97 )     18,978  
      Provision for Credit Losses:   700       12,100  
    Balance at End of Period $ 72,274     $ 71,477  
                 
    Average Loans Held for Investment $ 5,555,010     $ 5,396,844  
    Loans Held for Investment at End of Period $ 5,634,413     $ 5,640,615  
    Net (Recoveries) Charge-Offs to Average Loans   -0.01%     0.35%
    Allowances for Credit Losses to Loans at End of Period   1.28%     1.27%
                 

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Europe: OCEANIA/FRENCH POLYNESIA – Raromatai Islands: Church bells ring for the death of Pope Francis

    Source: Agenzia Fides – MIL OSI

    Friday, 25 April 2025

    SMA

    Bora Bora (Fides Agency ) – “An hour after the Vatican’s official announcement, the long tolling of bells in Raromatai announced the death of Pope Francis.The bells of the jubilee church of St. Andrew in Raiatea, the Holy Family in Huahine, and St. Peter Celestine in Bora Bora rang out in the night to announce the strongest hope in the mystery of the passage to eternal life, even in the heart of the Pacific Ocean ” reports Father Sandro Lafranconi, a priest of the Society of African Missions and parish priest of St. Peter Celestine in Bora Bora, who wanted to express the affection and devotion for the Holy Father of the largest diocese of the universal Church.This brief but heartfelt message is one of many that Fides has received since the day Pope Francis returned to the Father’s house on April 21.( Fides Agency 25/4/2025)
    Share:

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: ASIA/CHINA – Xinhua News Agency: The Chinese Patriotic Catholic Association and the “Bishops’ Conference of the Catholic Church in China” have sent a message of condolence to the Vatican on the death of Pope Francis

    Source: Agenzia Fides – MIL OSI

    Friday, 25 April 2025

    Beijing (Fides Agency) – “Yi Hui Yi Tuan” – literally “One Association and One Conference,” a formula used to refer to the Chinese Patriotic Catholic Association and the “Bishops’ Conference of the Catholic Church in China” – has sent a message of condolence to the Vatican on the death of Pope Francis. The news was published by Xinhua (New China News Agency), the official state news agency of the People’s Republic of China. The message of condolence is dated Thursday, April 24.As reported yesterday by Fides Agency (see Fides 24/4/2025), the official website of the Patriotic Association and the so-called “Bishops’ Conference of the Catholic Church in China” announced the death of Pope Francis with the following words: “Pope Francis returned to the Father’s house at 7:35 a.m. on April 21, 2025, at the Santa Marta residence, at the age of 88. We pray that, thanks to God’s mercy, Pope Francis may have eternal bliss in heaven.”On April 22, Guo Jiakun, spokesperson for the Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs, expressed his “condolences” for the death of Pope Francis, emphasizing that “In recent years, China and the Vatican have maintained constructive contacts and conducted friendly exchanges.”At the same time, news about the Pope’s death continues to be published on websites, social networks, and all Chinese mass media. Comments and reflections characterized by feelings of esteem and gratitude prevail, especially for the contribution made by the Bishop of Rome to world peace. His love for the Chinese people and Chinese Catholics, which he expressed so many times, is also remembered.(Fides Agency 25/04/2025)
    Share:

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: AFRICA/NIGERIA – Priest kidnapped in northwestern Nigeria

    Source: Agenzia Fides – MIL OSI

    Abuja (Fides Agency) – Another Catholic priest has been kidnapped in Nigeria. The victim is Fr. Ibrahim Amos, pastor of St. Gerald Quasi Parish in Kurmin Risga, in the local government area of Kauru, Kaduna State, in northwestern Nigeria.This was announced by the chancellor of the Diocese of Kafanchan, Father Jacob Shanet, in a statement: “It is with deep sadness that we announce that Father Ibrahim Amos, parish priest of St. Gerald Quasi Parish in Kurmin Risga, Kauru Local Government Area in Kaduna State, has been kidnapped. The sad incident occurred on Thursday, April 24, 2025, at his home in Kurmin Risga, shortly after midnight.”“While we ask for prayers for the speedy release of Father Amos, we urge people not to take justice into their own hands,” the diocese statement concluded.In March, also in Kaduna State, Father Sylvester Okechukwu, parish priest of St. Mary Tachira Church, was kidnapped and killed (see Fides, 6/3/2025). Those allegedly responsible for the kidnapping and murder of the priest were subsequently arrested by security forces (see Fides, 26/3/2025).The scourge of kidnappings for ransom in Nigeria had also raised the concern of Pope Francis. “The increasingly frequent kidnappings in Nigeria are concerning. I express my closeness in prayer to the Nigerian people, hoping that efforts will be made to contain the spread of these incidents as much as possible”, the Pope said at the end of the Angelus prayer on Sunday, February 25, 2024.(LM) ( Fides Agency 25/4/2025)
    Share:

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: REPORT on a revamped long-term budget for the Union in a changing world – A10-0076/2025

    Source: European Parliament 2

    MOTION FOR A EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT RESOLUTION

    on a revamped long-term budget for the Union in a changing world

    (2024/2051(INI))

     

    The European Parliament,

     having regard to Articles 311, 312, 323 and 324 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU),

     having regard to Council Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093 of 17 December 2020 laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027[1] and to the joint declarations agreed between Parliament, the Council and the Commission in this context and the related unilateral declarations,

     having regard to Council Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053 of 14 December 2020 on the system of own resources of the European Union and repealing Decision 2014/335/EU, Euratom[2],

     having regard to the amended Commission proposal of 23 June 2023 for a Council decision amending Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053 on the system of own resources of the European Union (COM(2023)0331),

     having regard to the Interinstitutional Agreement of 16 December 2020 between the European Parliament, the Council of the European Union and the European Commission on budgetary discipline, on cooperation in budgetary matters and on sound financial management, as well as on new own resources, including a roadmap towards the introduction of new own resources[3] (the IIA),

     having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 September 2024 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (recast)[4] (the Financial Regulation),

     having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2020 on a general regime of conditionality for the protection of the Union budget[5] (the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation),

     having regard to its position of 27 February 2024 on the draft Council regulation amending Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093 laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027[6],

     having regard to its resolution of 10 May 2023 on own resources: a new start for EU finances, a new start for Europe[7],

     having regard to its resolution of 15 December 2022 on upscaling the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework: a resilient EU budget fit for new challenges[8],

     having regard to its position of 16 December 2020 on the draft Council regulation laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027[9],

     having regard to the Interinstitutional Proclamation on the European Pillar of Social Rights of 13 December 2017[10] and to the Commission Action Plan of 4 March 2021 on the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights (COM(2021)0102),

     having regard to the Agreement adopted at the 15th Conference of the Parties to the Convention on Biological Diversity (COP 15) in Montreal on 19 December 2022 (Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework),

     having regard to the Agreement adopted at the 21st Conference of the Parties to the UNFCCC (COP 21) in Paris on 12 December 2015 (the Paris Agreement),

     having regard to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals,

     having regard to the report of 30 October 2024 by Sauli Niinistö entitled ‘Safer together – strengthening Europe’s civilian and military preparedness and readiness’ (the Niinistö report),

     having regard to the report of 9 September 2024 by Mario Draghi entitled ‘The future of European competitiveness’ (the Draghi report),

     having regard to the report of 4 September 2024 of the Strategic Dialogue on the Future of EU Agriculture entitled ‘A shared prospect for farming and food in Europe’,

     having regard to the report of 17 April 2024 by Enrico Letta entitled ‘Much more than a market – speed, security, solidarity: empowering the Single Market to deliver a sustainable future and prosperity for all EU Citizens’ (the Letta report),

     having regard to the report of 20 February 2024 of the High-Level Group on the Future of Cohesion Policy entitled ‘Forging a sustainable future together – cohesion for a competitive and inclusive Europe’,

     having regard to the Budapest Declaration on the New European Competitiveness Deal,

     having regard to the joint communication of 26 March 2025 entitled ‘European Preparedness Union Strategy’ (JOIN(2025)0130),

     having regard to the joint white paper of 19 March 2025 entitled ‘European Defence Readiness 2030’ (JOIN(2025)0120),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 7 March 2025 entitled ‘A Roadmap for Women’s Rights’ (COM(2025)0097),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 26 February 2025 entitled ‘The Clean Industrial Deal: a joint roadmap for competitiveness and decarbonisation’ (COM(2025)0085),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 19 February 2025 entitled ‘A Vision for Agriculture and Food’ (COM(2025)0075),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 11 February 2025 entitled ‘The road to the next multiannual financial framework’ (COM(2025)0046),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 29 January 2025 entitled ‘A Competitiveness Compass for the EU’ (COM(2025)0030),

     having regard to the Commission communication of 9 December 2021 entitled ‘Building an economy that works for people: an action plan for the social economy’ (COM(2021)0778),

     having regard to the European Council conclusions of 20 March 2025, 6 March 2025 and 19 December 2024,

     having regard to the political guidelines of 18 July 2024 for the next European Commission 2024-2029,

     having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions of 20 November 2024 entitled ‘EU budget and place-based policies: proposals for new design and delivery mechanisms in the MFF post-2027’[11],

     having regard to Rule 55 of its Rules of Procedure,

     having regard to the opinions of the Committee on Foreign Affairs, the Committee on Development, the Committee on Budgetary Control, the Committee on Economic and Monetary Affairs, the Committee on Employment and Social Affairs, the Committee on the Environment, Climate and Food Safety, the Committee on Industry, Research and Energy, the Committee on Internal Market and Consumer Protection, the Committee on Transport and Tourism, the Committee on Regional Development, the Committee on Agriculture and Rural Development, the Committee on Culture and Education, the Committee on Civil Liberties, Justice and Home Affairs, the Committee on Constitutional Affairs, and the Committee on Women’s Rights and Gender Equality,

     having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgets (A10-0076/2025),

    A. whereas, under Article 311 TFEU, the Union is required to provide itself with the means necessary to attain its objectives and carry through its policies;

    B. whereas the Union budget is primarily an investment tool that can achieve economies of scale unattainable at Member State level and support European public goods, in particular through cross-border projects; whereas all spending through the Union budget must provide European added value and deliver discernible net benefits compared to spending at national or sub-national level, leading to real and lasting results;

    C. whereas spending through the Union budget, if effectively targeted, aligned with the Union’s political priorities and better coordinated with spending at national level, helps to avoid fragmentation in the single market, promote upwards convergence, decrease inequalities and boost the overall impact of public investment; whereas public investment is essential as a catalyst for private investment in sectors where the market alone cannot drive the required investment;

    D. whereas the NextGenerationEU recovery instrument (NGEU) established in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic enabled significant additional investment capacity of EUR 750 billion in 2018 prices – beyond the Union budget, which amounts to 1.1 % of the EU-27’s gross national income (GNI) – prompting a swift recovery and return to growth and supporting the green and digital transitions; whereas NGEU will not be in place post-2027;

    E.  whereas in 2022 Member States spent an average of 1.4 % of gross domestic product (GDP) on State aid – significantly more than their contribution to the Union budget – with over half of the State aid unrelated to crises;

    F. whereas the Union budget, bolstered by NGEU and loans through the SURE scheme, has been instrumental in alleviating the economic and social impact of the COVID-19 crisis and in responding to the effects of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine; whereas the Union budget remains ill-equipped, in terms of size, structure and rules, to fully play its role in adjusting to evolving spending needs, addressing shocks and responding to crises and giving practical effect to the principle of solidarity, and to enable the Union to fulfil its objectives as established under the Treaties;

    G. whereas people rightly expect more from the Union and its budget, including the capacity to respond quickly and effectively to evolving needs and to provide them with the necessary support, especially in times of crisis;

    H. whereas, since the adoption of the current multiannual financial framework (MFF), the political, economic and social context has changed beyond recognition, compounding underlying structural challenges for the Union and leading to a substantial revision of the MFF in 2024;

    I. whereas the context in which the Commission will prepare its proposals for the post-2027 MFF is every bit as challenging, with the established global and geopolitical order changing quickly and radically, the return of large-scale warfare in the Union’s immediate neighbourhood, a highly challenging economic and social backdrop and the worsening climate and biodiversity crisis; whereas, as the Commission has made clear, the status quo is not an option and the Union budget will need to change accordingly;

    J. whereas the US administration has decided to retreat from the country’s post-war global role in guaranteeing peace and security, in leading on global governance in the rules-based, multilateral international order and in providing essential development and humanitarian aid to those most in need around the world; whereas the Union will therefore have to step up to fill part of the void the US appears set to leave, placing additional demands on the budget;

    K. whereas the Union has committed to take all the steps needed to achieve climate neutrality by 2050 at the latest and to protect nature and reverse biodiversity loss; whereas delivering on the policy framework put in place to achieve this objective will require substantial investment; whereas the Union budget will have to play a key role in providing and incentivising that investment;

    L. whereas, in order to compensate for the budget’s shortcomings, there have been numerous workaround solutions that make the budget more opaque, leaving the public in the dark about the real volume of Union spending, undermining the longer-term predictability of investment the budget is designed to provide and undercutting not only the principle of budget unity, but also Parliament’s role as a legislator and budgetary and discharge authority and in holding the executive to account;

    M. whereas the Union is founded on the values of respect for human dignity, freedom, democracy, equality, the rule of law and respect for human rights, including the rights of persons belonging to minorities; whereas breaches of those values undermine the cohesion of the Union, erode the rights of Union citizens and weaken mutual trust among Member States;

    1. Insists that, in a fast changing world where people rightly expect more from the Union and its budget and where the Union is confronted with a growing number of crises, the next MFF must be endowed with increased resources compared to the 2021-2027 period, moving away from the historically restrictive, self-imposed level of 1 % of GNI;

    2. Underscores that the next MFF must focus on financing European public goods with discernible added value compared to national spending; highlights the need for enhanced synergies and better coordination between Union and national spending; emphasises that spending will have to address major challenges, such as the return of large-scale warfare in the Union’s immediate neighbourhood, a highly challenging economic and social backdrop, a competitiveness gap and the worsening climate and biodiversity crisis;

    3. Considers that the ‘one national plan per Member State’ approach as envisaged by the Commission, with the Recovery and Resilience Facility model as a blueprint, cannot be the basis for shared management spending post-2027; underlines that the design of shared management spending under the next MFF must fully safeguard Parliament’s roles as legislator and budgetary and discharge authority and be designed and implemented through close collaboration with regional and local authorities and all relevant stakeholders;

    4. Calls for the next MFF to continue support for economic, social and territorial cohesion in order to help bind the Union together, deepen the single market, promote convergence and reduce inequality, poverty and social exclusion;

    5. Considers that the idea of an umbrella Competitiveness Fund merging existing programmes as envisaged by the Commission is not fit for purpose; stresses that the fund should instead be a new instrument taking advantage of a toolbox of funding based on lessons learned from InvestEU and the Innovation Fund and complementing existing, highly successful programmes;

    6. Stresses that, in particular in the light of the US’s retreat from its role as a global guarantor of peace and security, there is a clear need to progress towards a genuine Defence Union, with the next MFF supporting a comprehensive security approach through an increase in investment; stresses that defence spending cannot come at the expense of nor lead to a reduction in long-term investment in the economic, social and territorial cohesion of the Union;

    7. Calls for genuine simplification for final beneficiaries by avoiding programmes with overlapping objectives, diverging eligibility criteria and different rules governing horizontal provisions; underlines that simplification cannot mean more leeway for the Commission without the necessary checks and balances and must therefore be achieved with full respect for the institutional balance provided for in the Treaties;

    8. Insists on enhanced in-built crisis response capacity in the next MFF and sufficient margins under each heading; stresses that, alongside predictability for investment, spending programmes should retain a substantial in-built flexibility reserve, with allocation to specific policy objectives to be decided by the budgetary authority; underlines that flexibility for humanitarian aid should be ring-fenced; considers that the post-2027 MFF should include two special instruments – one dedicated to ensuring solidarity in the event of natural disasters and one for general-purpose crisis response;

    9. Underlines that compliance with Union values and fundamental rights is an essential pre-requisite to access EU funds; insists that the Union budget be protected against misuse, fraud and breaches of the principle of the rule of law and calls for a stronger link between the rule of law and the Union budget post-2027;

    10. Underlines that the repayment of NGEU borrowing must not endanger the financing of EU policies and priorities; stresses, therefore, that all costs related to borrowing backed by the Union budget or the budgetary headroom be treated distinctly from appropriations for EU programmes within the future MFF architecture;

    11. Calls on the Council to adopt new own resources as a matter of urgency in order to enable sustainable repayment of NGEU borrowing; stresses that new genuine own resources, beyond the IIA, are essential for the Union’s higher spending needs; considers that all instruments and tools should be explored in order to provide the Union with the necessary resources, and considers, in this respect, that joint borrowing presents a viable option to ensure that the Union has sufficient resources to respond to acute Union-wide crises, such as the ongoing crisis in the area of security and defence;

    12. Stands ready to work constructively with the Council and Commission to deliver a long-term budget that addresses the Union’s needs; highlights that the post-2027 MFF is being constructed in a far from ‘business as usual’ context and takes seriously its institutional role as enshrined in the Treaties; insists that it will only approve a long-term budget that is fit for purpose for the Union in a changing world and calls for swift adoption of the MFF to enable timely implementation of spending programmes from 1 January 2028;

    A long-term budget with a renewed spending focus

    13. Considers that, in view of the structural challenges facing the Union, the post-2027 MFF should adjust its spending focus to ensure that the Union can meet its strategic policy aims as detailed below;

     

    Competitiveness, strategic autonomy, social, economic and territorial cohesion and resilience

    14. Is convinced that boosting competitiveness, decarbonising the economy and enhancing the Union’s innovation capacity are central priorities for the post-2027 MFF and are vital to ensure long-term, sustainable and inclusive growth and a thriving, more resilient economy and society;

    15. Considers that the Union must develop a competitiveness framework in line with its own values and political aims and that competitiveness must foster not only economic growth, but also social, economic and territorial cohesion and environmental sustainability as underlined in both the Draghi and Letta reports;

    16. Underlines that, as spelt out in the Letta and Draghi reports, the European economy and social model are under intense strain, with the productivity, competitiveness and skills gap having knock-on effects on the quality of jobs and on living standards for Europeans already grappling with high housing, energy and food prices; is concerned that a lack of job opportunities and high costs of living increase the risk of a brain drain away from Europe;

    17. Points out that Draghi puts the annual investment gap with respect to innovation and infrastructure at EUR 750-800 billion per year between 2025 and 2030; underlines that the Union budget must play a vital role but it cannot cover that shortfall alone, and that the bulk of the effort will have to come from the private sector – points to the need to exploit synergies between public and private investment, in particular by simplifying and harmonising the EU investment architecture;

    18. Stresses that the Union budget must be carefully coordinated with national spending, so as to ensure complementarity, and must be designed such that it can de-risk, mobilise and leverage private investment effectively, enabling start-ups and SMEs to access funds more readily; calls, therefore, for programmes such as InvestEU, which ensures additionality and follows a market-based, demand-driven approach, to be significantly reinforced in the next MFF; considers that financial instruments and budgetary guarantees are an effective use of resources to achieve critical Union policy goals and calls for them to be further simplified;

    19. Insists that more must be done to maximise the potential of the role of the European Investment Bank (EIB) Group – together with other international and national financial institutions – in lending and de-risking in strategic policy areas, such as climate and, latterly, security and defence projects; calls for an increased risk appetite and ambition from the EIB Group to crowd in investment, based on a strong capital position, and for a reinforced investment partnership to ensure that every euro spent at Union level is used in the most effective manner;

    20. Emphasises that funding for research and innovation, including support for basic research, should be significantly increased, should be focused on the Union’s strategic priorities, should continue to be determined by the principle of excellence and should remain merit-based; considers that there should be sufficient resources across the MFF and at national level to fund all high-quality projects throughout the innovation cycle and to achieve the 3 % GDP target for research and development spending by 2030;

    21. Stresses that the next MFF, building on the current Connecting Europe Facility, should include much greater, directly managed funding for energy, transport and digital infrastructure, with priority given to cross-border connections and national links with European added value; considers that such infrastructure is an absolute precondition for a successful deepening of the single market and for increasing the Union’s resilience in a changing geopolitical order;

    22. Points out that a secure and robust space sector is critical for the Union’s autonomy and sovereignty and therefore needs sustained investment;

    23. Underlines that a more competitive, productive and socially inclusive economy helps to generate high-quality, well-paid jobs, thus enhancing people’s standard of living; emphasises that, through programmes such as the European Social Fund+ and Erasmus+, the Union budget can play an important role in supporting education and training systems, enhancing social inclusion, boosting workforce adaptability through reskilling and upskilling, and thus preparing people for employment in a modern economy;

    24. Insists that the Union budget should continue to support important economic and job-creating sectors where the Union is already a world leader, such as tourism and the cultural and creative sectors; underscores the need for dedicated funding for tourism, including to implement the EU Strategy for Sustainable Tourism, in the Union budget post-2027; points to the importance of Creative Europe in contributing to Europe’s diversity and competitiveness and in supporting vibrant societies;

    25. Stresses that, in order to compete with other major global players, the European economy must also become more competitive and resilient on the supply side by investing more in the Union’s open strategic autonomy through enhanced industrial policy and a focus on strategic sectors, resource-efficiency and critical technologies to reduce dependence on third countries;

    26. Considers that, in light of the above, the idea of an umbrella Competitiveness Fund merging existing programmes as envisaged by the Commission is not fit for purpose; stresses that the fund should instead be a new instrument taking advantage of a toolbox of funding based on lessons learned from InvestEU and the Innovation Fund; recalls that, under Article 182 TFEU, the Union is required to adopt a framework programme for research;

    27. Notes that, in the Commission communication on the competitiveness compass, the Commission argues that a new competitiveness coordination tool should be established in order to better align industrial and research policies and investment between EU and national level; notes that the proposed new tool is envisaged as part of a ‘new, lean steering mechanism’ designed ‘to reinforce the link between overall policy coordination and the EU budget’; insists that Parliament must play a full decision-making role in both mechanisms;

    28. Emphasises that food security is a vital component of strategic autonomy and that the next MFF must continue to support the competitiveness and resilience of the Union’s farming and fisheries sectors, including small-scale and young farmers and fishers, and help the sectors to better protect the climate and biodiversity, as well as the seas and oceans; highlights that a modern and simplified common agricultural policy is crucial for increasing productivity through technical progress, ensuring a fair standard of living for farmers, guaranteeing food security and the production of safe, high-quality and affordable food for Europeans, fostering generational renewal and ensuring the viability of rural areas;

    29. Points out that the farming sector is particularly vulnerable to inflationary shocks which affect farmers’ purchasing power; calls for adequate and predictable funding for the common agricultural policy in the next MFF;

    30. Recalls that social, economic and territorial cohesion is a cornerstone of European integration and is vital in binding the Union together and deepening the single market; reaffirms, in that respect, the importance of the convergence process; underlines that a modernised cohesion policy must follow a decentralised, place-based, multilevel governance approach and be built around the shared management and partnership principle, fully involving local and regional authorities and relevant stakeholders, ensuring that resources are directed where they are most needed to reduce regional disparities;

    31. Stresses that cohesion policy funding must tackle the key challenges the Union faces, such as demographic change and depopulation, and target the regions and people most in need; calls, furthermore, for enhanced access to EU funding for cities, regions and urban authorities;

    32. Recalls the importance of the social dimension of the European Union and of promoting the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights, its Action Plan and headline targets; emphasises that the Union budget should, therefore, play a pivotal role in reducing inequality, poverty and social exclusion, including by supporting children, families and vulnerable groups; recalls that around 20 million children in the Union are at risk of poverty and social exclusion; stresses that addressing child poverty across the Union requires appropriately funded, comprehensive and integrated measures, together with the efficient implementation of the European Child Guarantee at national level; emphasises that Parliament has consistently requested a dedicated budget within the ESF+ to support the Child Guarantee as a central pillar of the EU anti-poverty strategy;

    33. Highlights, in this regard, the EU-wide housing crisis affecting millions of families and young people; stresses the need for enhanced support for housing through the Union budget, in particular via cohesion policy, and through other funding sources, such as the EIB Group and national promotional banks; acknowledges that, while Union financing cannot solve the housing crisis alone, it can play a crucial role in financing urgent measures and complementing broader Union and national efforts to improve housing affordability and enhance energy efficiency of the housing stock;

    34. Points out that Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine has had substantial economic and social consequences, in particular in Member States bordering Russia and Belarus; insists that the next MFF provide support to these regions;

    The green and digital transitions

    35. Highlights that the green and digital transitions are inextricably linked to competitiveness, the modernisation of the economy and the resilience of society and act as catalysts for a future-oriented and resource-efficient economy; insists therefore, that the post-2027 MFF must continue to support and to further accelerate the twin transitions;

    36. Recalls that the Union budget is an essential contributor to achieving climate neutrality by 2050, including through support for the 2030 and 2040 targets; underlines that the transition will require a decarbonisation of the economy, in particular through the deployment of clean technologies, improved energy and transport infrastructure and more energy-efficient housing; notes that the Commission estimates additional investment needs to achieve climate neutrality by 2050 at 1.5 % of GDP per year compared to the decade 2011-2020 and that, while the Union budget alone cannot cover the gap, it must remain a vital contributor; calls, therefore, for increased directly managed support for environment and biodiversity protection and climate action building on the current LIFE programme;

    37. Underlines that industry will be central in the transition to net zero and the establishment of the Energy Union, and that support will be needed in helping some industrial sectors and their workers to adapt; stresses the importance of a just transition that must leave no one behind, requiring, inter alia, investment in regions that are heavily fossil-fuel dependent and increased support for vulnerable households, in particular through the Just Transition Mechanism and the Social Climate Fund;

    38. Points to the profound technological shift under way, with technologies such as artificial intelligence and quantum both creating opportunities, in terms of the Union’s economic potential and global leadership and improvements to citizens’ lives, and posing reliability, ethical and sovereignty challenges; stresses that the next MFF must support research into, and the development and safe application of digital technologies and help people to hone the knowledge and skills they need to work with and use them;

    Security, defence and preparedness

    39. Recalls that peace and security are the foundation for the Union’s prosperity, social model and competitiveness, and a vital pillar of the Union’s geopolitical standing; stresses that the next MFF must support a comprehensive security approach by investing significantly more in safeguarding the Union against the myriad threats it faces;

    40. Underlines that, as the Niinistö report makes clear, multiple threats are combining to heighten instability and increase the Union’s vulnerability, chief among them the fragmenting global order, the security threat posed by Russia and Belarus, growing tensions globally, hostile international actors, the globalisation of criminal networks, hybrid campaigns – which include cyberattacks, foreign information manipulation, disinformation and interference and the instrumentalisation of migration – increasingly frequent and intense extreme weather events as a result of climate change, and health threats;

    41. Points out that the Union has played a vital role in achieving lasting peace on its territory and must continue to do so by adjusting to the reality of war on its doorstep and the need to vastly boost defence infrastructure, capabilities and readiness, including through the Union budget, going far beyond the current allocation of less than 2 % of the MFF;

    42. Notes that European defence capabilities suffer from decades of under-investment and that, according to the Commission, the defence spending gap currently stands at EUR 500 billion for the next decade; underlines that the Union budget alone cannot fill the gap, but has an important role to play, in conjunction with national budgets and with a focus on clear EU added value; considers that the Union budget and lending through the EIB Group can help incentivise investment in defence; stresses that defence spending must not come at the expense of social and environmental spending, nor must it lead to a reduction in funding for long-standing Union policies that have proved their worth over time;

    43. Underlines the merits of the defence programmes and instruments put in place during the current MFF, which have enhanced joint research, production and procurement in the field of defence, providing a valuable foundation on which to build further Union policy and investment;

    44. Emphasises that, given the geopolitical situation, there is a clear need to act and to progress towards a genuine Defence Union, in coordination with NATO and in full alignment with the neutrality commitments of individual Member States; concurs, in that regard, with the Commission’s analysis that the next MFF must provide a comprehensive and robust framework in support of EU defence;

    45. Underscores the importance of a competitive and resilient European defence technological and industrial base; considers that enhanced joint EU-level investment in defence in the next MFF backed up by a clear and transparent governance structure can help to avoid duplication, generate economies of scale, and thus significant savings for Member States, reduce fragmentation and ensure the interoperability of equipment and systems; underscores the importance of technology in modern defence systems and therefore of investing in research, cyber-defence and cybersecurity and in dual-use products; points to the need to direct support towards the defence industry within the Union, thus strengthening strategic autonomy, creating quality high-skilled jobs, driving innovation and creating cross-border opportunities for EU businesses, including SMEs;

    46. Points to the importance of increasing support in the budget for military mobility, which upgrades infrastructure for dual-use military and civilian purposes, enabling the large-scale movement of military equipment and personnel at short notice and thus contributing to the Union’s defence capabilities and collective security; highlights, in that regard, the importance of financing for the trans-European transport networks to enable their adaptation for dual-use purposes;

    47. Emphasises that the Union needs to ramp up funding for preparedness across the board; is alarmed by the growing impact of natural disasters, which are often the result of climate change and are therefore likely to occur with greater frequency and intensity in the future; points out that, according to the 2024 European Climate Risk Assessment Report, cumulated economic losses from natural disasters could reach about 1.4 % of Union GDP;

    48. Underlines, therefore, that, in addition to efforts to mitigate climate change through the green transition, significant investment is required to adapt to climate change, in particular to prevent and reduce the impact of natural disasters and severe weather events; considers that support for this purpose, such as through the current Union Civil Protection Mechanism, must be significantly increased in the next MFF and made available quickly to local and regional authorities, which are often on the frontline;

    49. Emphasises that reconstruction and recovery measures after natural disasters must be based on the ‘build back better’ approach and prioritise nature-based solutions; stresses the importance of sustainable water management and security and hydric resilience as part of the Union’s overall preparedness strategy;

    50. Recalls that the COVID-19 pandemic wreaked economic and social havoc globally and that a key lesson from the experience is that there is a need to prioritise investment in prevention of, preparedness for and response to health threats, in medical research and disease prevention, in access to critical medicines, in healthcare infrastructure, in physical and mental health and in the resilience and accessibility of public health systems in the Union; recalls that strategic autonomy in health is key to ensuring the Union’s preparedness in this area;

    51. Considers that the next MFF must build on the work done in the current programming period by ensuring that the necessary investment is in place to build a genuine European Health Union that delivers for all citizens;

    52. Underlines that, with technological developments, it has become easier for malicious and opportunistic foreign actors to spread disinformation, encourage online hate speech, interfere in elections and mount cyberattacks against the Union’s interests; insists that the next MFF must invest in enhanced cybersecurity capabilities and equip the Union to counter hybrid warfare in its various guises;

    53. Stresses that a free, independent and pluralistic media is a fundamental component of Europe’s resilience, safeguarding not only the free flow of information but also a democratic mindset, critical thinking and informed decision-making; points to the importance of investment in independent and investigative journalism, fact-checking initiatives, digital and media literacy and critical thinking to safeguard against disinformation, foreign information manipulation and electoral interference as part of the European Democracy Shield initiative and therefore to guarantee democratic resilience; underscores the need for continued Union budget support for initiatives in these areas;

    54. Underscores the importance of continued funding, in the next MFF, for effective protection of the EU’s external borders; underlines the need to counter transnational criminal networks and better protect victims of trafficking networks, and to strengthen resilience and response capabilities to address hybrid attacks and the instrumentalisation of migration, by third countries or hostile non-state actors; highlights, in particular, the need for support to frontline Member States for the purposes of securing the external borders of the EU;

    55. Underlines that the EU’s resilience and preparedness are inextricably linked to those of its regional and global partners; emphasises that strengthening partners’ capacity to prevent, withstand and effectively respond to extreme weather events, health crises, hybrid campaigns, cyberattacks or armed conflict also lowers the risk of spill-over effects for Europe;

    External action and enlargement

    56. Insists that, in a context of heightened global instability, the Union must continue to engage constructively with third countries and support peace, and conflict prevention, stability, prosperity, security, human rights, the rule of law, equality, democracy and sustainable development globally, in line with its global responsibility values and international commitments;

    57. Regrets the fact that external action in the current MFF has been underfunded, leading to significant recourse to special instruments and substantial reinforcements in the mid-term revision; notes, in particular, that humanitarian aid funding has been woefully inadequate, prompting routine use of the Emergency Aid Reserve;

    58. Underlines that the US’s retreat from its post-war global role in guaranteeing peace, security and democracy, in leading on global governance in the rules-based, multilateral international order and in providing essential development and humanitarian aid to those most in need around the world will leave an enormous gap and that the Union has a responsibility and overwhelming strategic interest in helping to fill that gap; calls on the Commission to address the consequences of the US’s retreat at the latest in its proposal for the post-2027 MFF;

    59. Stresses that the next MFF must continue to tackle the most pressing global challenges, from fighting climate change, to providing relief in the event of natural disasters, preventing and addressing violent conflict and guaranteeing global security, ensuring global food security, improving healthcare and education systems, reducing poverty and inequality, promoting democracy, human rights, the rule of law and social justice and boosting competitiveness and the security of global supply chains, in full compliance with the principle of policy coherence for development; emphasises, in particular, the need for support for the Union’s Southern and Eastern Neighbourhoods;

    60. Underlines that, in particular in light of the drastic cuts to the USAID budget, the budget must uphold the Union’s role as the world’s leading provider of development aid and climate finance in line with the Union’s global obligations and commitments; recalls, in that regard, that the Union and its Member States have collectively committed to allocating 0.7 % of their GNI to official development assistance and that poverty alleviation must remain its primary objective; insists that the budget must continue to support the Union in its efforts to defend the rules-based international order, democracy, multilateralism, human rights and fundamental values;

    61. Insists that, given the unprecedented scale of humanitarian crises, mounting global challenges and uncertainty of US assistance under the current administration, humanitarian aid funding must be significantly enhanced and that its use must remain solely needs-based and respect the principles of neutrality, independence and impartiality; emphasises that the needs-based nature of humanitarian aid requires ring-fenced funding delivered through a stand-alone spending programme, distinct from other external action financing; underscores, furthermore, that effective humanitarian aid provision is contingent on predictability through a sufficient annual baseline allocation;

    62. Emphasises that humanitarian aid, by its very nature, requires substantial flexibility and response capacity; considers, therefore, that, in addition to an adequate baseline figure, humanitarian aid will require significant ring-fenced flexibility in its design to enable an effective response to the growing crises;

    63. Emphasises that, in a context in which global actors are increasingly using trade interdependence as a means of economic coercion, the Union must bolster its capacity to protect and advance its own strategic interests, develop more robust tools to counter coercion and ensure genuine reciprocity in its partnerships; stresses that such an approach requires the strategic allocation of external financing so as to support, for example, economic, security and energy partnerships that align with the Union’s values and strategic interests;

    64. Considers that enlargement represents an opportunity to strengthen the Union as a geopolitical power and that the next MFF is pivotal for preparing the Union for enlargement and the candidate countries for accession; recalls that the stability, security and democratic resilience of the candidate countries are inextricably connected to those of the EU and require sustained strategic investment, linked to reforms, to support their convergence with Union standards; underlines the important role that citizens and civil society organisations play in the process of enlargement;

    65. Points to the need for strategically targeted support for pre-accession and for growth and investment; is of the view that post-2027 pre-accession assistance should be provided in the form of both grants and loans; believes, in that context, that the future framework should allow for innovative financing mechanisms, as well as lending to candidate countries backed by the budgetary headroom (the difference between the own resources and the MFF ceilings);

    66. Stresses that financial support must be conditional on the implementation of reforms aligned with the Union acquis and policies and adherence to Union values; emphasises, in this regard, the need for a strong governance model that ensures parliamentary accountability, oversight and control and a strong, effective anti-fraud architecture;

    67. Reiterates its full support for Ukrainians in their fight for freedom and democracy and deplores the terrible suffering and impact resulting from Russia’s unprovoked and unjustifiable war of aggression; welcomes the decision to grant Ukraine and the neighbouring Republic of Moldova candidate country status and insists on the need to deploy the necessary funds to support their accession processes;

    68. Underlines that pre-accession support to Ukraine has to be distinct from and additional to financial assistance for macroeconomic stability, reconstruction and post-war recovery, where needs are far more substantial and require a concerted international effort, of which support through the Union budget should be an important part;

    69. Is convinced that the existing mandatory revision clause in the event of enlargement should be maintained in the next framework and that national envelopes should not be affected; underlines that the next MFF will also have to put in place appropriate transitional and phasing-in measures for key spending areas, such as cohesion and agriculture, based on a careful assessment of the impacts on different sectors;

    Fundamental rights, Union values and the rule of law

    70. Emphasises the importance of the Union budget and programmes like Erasmus+ and Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values in promoting and protecting democracy and the Union’s values, fostering the Union’s common cultural heritage and European integration, enhancing citizen engagement, civic education and youth participation, safeguarding and promoting fundamental rights enshrined in the Charter of Fundamental Rights and the rule of law; calls, in this regard, for increased funding for Erasmus+ in the next MFF; points to the importance of the independence of the justice system, the sound functioning of national institutions, de-oligarchisation, robust support for and, in line with article 11(2) TEU, an active dialogue with civil society, which is vital for fostering an active civic space, ensuring accountability and transparency and informing policymakers about best practices from the ground;

    71. Highlights, in that connection, that the recast of the Financial Regulation requires the Commission and the Member States, in the implementation of the budget, to ensure compliance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights and to respect the values on which the Union is founded, which are enshrined in Article 2 TEU; expects the Commission to ensure that the proposals for the next MFF, including for the spending programmes, are aligned with the Financial Regulation recast;

    72. Stresses that instability in neighbouring regions and beyond, poverty, underlying trends in economic development, demographic changes and climate change, continue to generate migration flows towards the Union, placing significant pressure on asylum and migration systems; underlines that the post-2027 MFF must support the full and swift implementation of the Union’s Asylum and Migration Pact and effective return and readmission policies, in line with fundamental rights and EU values, including the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility; underlines, moreover, that, in line with the Pact, the EU must pursue enhanced cooperation and mutually beneficial partnerships with third countries on migration, with adequate parliamentary scrutiny, and that such cooperation must abide by EU and international law;

    73. Underlines that compliance with Union values and fundamental rights is an essential pre-requisite to access EU funds; highlights the importance of strong links between respect for the rule of law and access to EU funds under the current MFF; believes that the protection of the Union’s financial interests depends on respect for the rule of law at national level; welcomes, in particular, the positive impact of the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation in protecting the Union’s financial interests in cases of systemic and persistent breaches of the rule of law; calls on the Commission and the Council to apply the regulation strictly, consistently and without undue delay wherever necessary; emphasises that decisions to suspend or reduce Union funding over breaches of the rule of law must be based on objective criteria and not be guided by other considerations, nor be the outcome of negotiations;

    74. Points to the need for a stronger link between the rule of law and the Union budget post-2027 and welcomes the Commission’s commitment to bolster links between the recommendations in the annual rule of law report and access to funds through the budget; calls on the Commission to outline, in the annual rule of law report from 2025 onwards, the extent to which identified weaknesses in rule of law regimes potentially pose a risk to the Union budget; welcomes, furthermore, the link between respect for Union values and the implementation of the budget and calls on the Commission to actively monitor Member States’ compliance with this principle in a unified manner and to take swift action in the event of non-compliance;

    75. Calls for the consolidation of a robust rule of law toolbox, building on the current conditionality provisions under the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), the horizontal enabling conditions in the Common Provisions Regulation and the relevant provisions of the Financial Regulation and insists that the toolbox should cover the entire Union budget; underlines the need for far greater transparency and consistency with regard to the application of tools to protect the rule of law and for Parliament’s role to be strengthened in the application and scrutiny of such measures; insists, furthermore, on the need for consistency across instruments when assessing breaches of the rule of law in Member States;

    76. Recalls that the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation provides that final recipients should not be deprived of the benefits of EU funds in the event of sanctions being applied to their government; believes that, to date, this provision has not been effective and stresses the importance of applying a smart conditionality approach so that beneficiaries are not penalised because of their government’s actions; calls on the Commission, in line with its stated intention in the political guidelines, to propose specific measures to ensure that local and regional authorities, civil society and other beneficiaries can continue to benefit from Union funding in cases of breaches of the rule of law by national governments without weakening the application of the regulation and maintaining the Member State’s obligation to pay under Union law;

     A long-term budget that mainstreams the Union’s policy objectives

    77. Stresses that a long-term budget that is fully aligned with the Union’s strategic aims requires that key objectives be mainstreamed across the budget through a set of horizontal principles, building on the lessons from the current MFF and RRF;

    78. Recalls that the implementation of horizontal principles should not lead to an excessive administrative burden on beneficiaries and be in line with the principle of proportionality; calls for innovative solutions and the use of automated reporting tools, including artificial intelligence, to achieve more efficient data collection;

    79. Underlines, therefore, that the next MFF must ensure that, across the board, spending programmes pursue climate and biodiversity objectives, promote and protect rights and equal opportunities for all, including gender equality, support competitiveness and bolster the Union’s preparedness against threats;

    80. Points out that effective mainstreaming is best achieved through a toolbox of measures, primarily through policy, project and regulatory design, thorough impact assessments and solid tracking of spending and, in specific cases, spending targets based on relevant and available data; welcomes the significant improvements in performance reporting in the current MFF, which allow for much better scrutiny of the impact of EU spending and calls for this to be further developed in the next programing period;

    81. Welcomes the development of a methodology to track gender-based spending and considers that the lessons learnt, in particular as regards the collection of gender-disaggregated data, the monitoring of implementation and impact and administrative burden, should be applied in the next MFF in order to improve the methodology; calls on the Commission to explore the feasibility of gender budgeting in the next MFF; stresses, in the same vein, the need for a significant improvement in climate and biodiversity mainstreaming methodologies to move towards the measurement of impact;

    82. Regrets that the Commission has not systematically conducted thorough impact assessments, including gender impact assessments, for all legislation involving spending through the budget and insists that this change;

    83. Is pleased that the climate mainstreaming target of 30 % is projected to be exceeded in the current MFF; regrets, however, that the Union is not on track to meet the 10 % target for 2026 for biodiversity-related expenditure; insists that the targets in the IIA have nevertheless been a major factor in driving climate and biodiversity spending; calls on the Commission to adapt the spending targets contributing positively to climate and biodiversity in line with the Union policy ambitions in this regard, taking into account the investment needs for these policy ambitions;

    84. Stresses, furthermore, that the Union budget should be implemented in line with Article 33(2) of the Financial Regulation, therefore without doing significant harm[12] to the specified objectives, respecting applicable working and employment conditions and taking into account the principle of gender equality;

    85. Welcomes the Commission’s commitment to phase out all fossil fuel subsidies and environmentally harmful subsidies in the next MFF; expects the Commission to come forward with its planned roadmap in this regard as part of its proposal for the next MFF;

    A long-term budget with an effective administration at the service of Europeans

    86. Underlines the need for Union policies to be underpinned by a well-functioning administration; insists that, post-2027, sufficient financial and staff resources be allocated from the outset so that Union institutions, bodies, decentralised agencies and the European Public Prosecutor’s Office can ensure effective and efficient policy design, high-quality delivery and enforcement, provide technical assistance, continue to attract the best people from all Member States, thus ensuring geographical balance, and have leeway to adjust to changing circumstances;

    87. Regrets that the Union’s ability to implement policy effectively and protect its financial interests within the current MFF has been undermined by stretched administrative resources and a dogmatic application of a policy of stable staffing, despite increasing demands and responsibilities; points, for example, to the failure to provide sufficient staff to properly implement and enforce the Digital Services[13] and Digital Markets Acts[14], thus undercutting the legislation’s effectiveness and to the repeated redeployments from programmes to decentralised agencies to cover staffing needs; insists that staffing levels be determined by an objective needs assessment when legislation is proposed and definitively adopted, and factored into planning for administrative expenditure from the outset;

    88. Emphasises that the Commission has sought, to some degree, to circumvent its own stable staffing policy by increasing staff attached to programmes and facilities and thus not covered by the administrative spending ceiling; underscores, however, that such an approach merely masks the problem and may ultimately undermine the operational capacity of programmes; insists, therefore, that additional responsibilities require administrative expenditure and must not erode programme envelopes;

    89. Stresses that up-front investment in secure and interoperable IT infrastructure and data mining capabilities can also generate longer-term cost savings and hugely enhance policy delivery and tracking of spending;

    90. Acknowledges that, in the absence of any correction mechanism in the current MFF, high inflation has significantly driven up statutory costs, requiring extensive use of special instruments to cover the shortfall; regrets that the Council elected not to take up the Commission’s proposal to raise the ceiling for administrative expenditure in the MFF revision, thus further eroding special instruments;

    A long-term budget that is simpler and more transparent

    91. Stresses that the next MFF must be designed so as to simplify the lives of all beneficiaries by cutting unnecessary red tape; underlines that simplification will require harmonising rules and reporting requirements wherever possible, including, as relevant, ensuring consistency between the applicable rules at European, national and regional levels; underlines, in that respect, the need for a genuine, user-friendly single entry point for EU funding and a simplified application procedure designed in consultation with relevant stakeholders; points out, furthermore, that the next MFF must be implemented as close to people as possible;

    92. Calls for genuine simplification where there are overlapping objectives, diverging eligibility criteria and different rules governing horizontal provisions that should be uniform across programmes; considers that an assessment of which spending programmes should be included in the next MFF must be based on the above aspects, on the need to focus spending on clearly identified policy objectives with clear European added value and on the policy intervention logic of each programme; stresses that reducing the number of programmes is not an end in itself;

    93. Underlines that simplification cannot mean more leeway for the Commission without the necessary checks and balances and must therefore be achieved with full respect for the institutional balance provided for in the Treaties;

    94. Insists that simplification cannot come at the expense of the quality of programme design and implementation and that, therefore, a simpler budget must also be a more transparent budget, enabling better accountability, scrutiny, control of spending and reducing the risks of double funding, misuse and fraud; underlines that any reduction in programmes must be offset by a far more detailed breakdown of the budget by budget line, in contrast to some programme mergers in the current MFF, such as the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe (NDICI – Global Europe), which is an example not to follow; calls, therefore, for a sufficiently detailed breakdown by budget line to enable the budgetary authority to exercise proper accountability and ensure that decision-making in the annual budgetary procedure and in the course of budget implementation is meaningful;

    95. Recalls that transparency is essential to retain citizens’ trust, and that fraud and misuse of funds are extremely detrimental to that trust; underlines, therefore, the need for Parliament to be able to control spending and assess whether discharge can be granted; insists that proper accountability requires robust auditing for all budgetary expenditure based on the application of a single audit trail; calls on the Commission to put in place harmonised and effective anti-fraud mechanisms across funding instruments for the post-2027 MFF that ensure the protection of the Union’s budget;

    96. Reiterates its long-standing position that all EU-level spending should be brought within the purview of the budgetary authority, thereby ensuring transparency, democratic control and protection of the Union’s financial interests; calls, therefore, for the full budgetisation of (partially) off-budget instruments such as the Social Climate Fund, the Innovation Fund and the Modernisation Fund, or their successors;

    A long-term budget that is more flexible and more responsive to crises and shocks

    97. Points out that, traditionally, the MFF has not been conceived with a crisis response or flexibility logic, but rather has been designed primarily to ensure medium-term investment predictability; underlines that, in a rapidly changing political, security, economic and social context, such an approach is no longer tenable; insists on sufficient in-built crisis response capacity in the next MFF;

    98. Underscores that the current MFF has been beset by a lack of flexibility and an inability to adjust to evolving spending priorities; considers that the next MFF needs to strike a better balance between investment predictability and flexibility to adjust spending focus; highlights that spending in certain areas requires greater stability than in others where flexibility is more valuable; stresses that recurrent redeployments are not a viable way to finance the Union’s priorities as they damage investments and jeopardise the delivery of agreed policy objectives;

    99. Believes that, while allocating a significant portion of funding to objectives up-front, spending programmes should retain a substantial in-built flexibility reserve, with allocation to specific policy objectives to be decided by the budgetary authority; notes that the NDICI – Global Europe’s emerging challenges and priorities cushion provides a model for such a flexibility reserve, but that the decision-making process for its mobilisation must not be replicated in the future MFF; points to the need for stronger, more effective scrutiny powers of the co-legislators over the setting of policy priorities and objectives and a detailed budgetary breakdown to ensure that the budgetary authority is equipped to make meaningful and informed decisions;

    100. Underlines that the MFF must have sufficient margins under each heading to ensure that new instruments or spending objectives agreed over the programming period can be accommodated without eroding funding for other policy and long-term strategic objectives or eating into crisis response capacity;

    101. Underlines that the possibility for budgetary transfers under the Financial Regulation already provides for flexibility to adjust to evolving spending needs in the course of budget implementation; stresses that, under the current rules, the Commission has significant freedom to transfer considerable amounts between policy areas without budgetary authority approval, which limits scrutiny and control; calls, therefore, for the rules to be changed so as to introduce a maximum amount, in addition to a maximum percentage per budget line, for transfers without approval; considers that for transfers from Union institutions other than the Commission that are subject to a possible duly justified objection by Parliament or the Council, a threshold below which they would be exempt from that procedure could be a useful measure of simplification;

    102. Recalls that the current MFF has been placed under further strain due to high levels of inflation in a context where an annual 2 % deflator is applied to 2018 prices, reducing the budget’s real-terms value and squeezing its operational and administrative capacity; considers, therefore, that the future budget should be endowed with sufficient response capacity to enable the budget to adapt to inflationary shocks;

    103. Calls for a root-and-branch reform of the existing special instruments to bolster crisis response capacity and ensure an effective and swift reaction through more rapid mobilisation; underlines that the current instruments are both inadequate in size and constrained by excessive rigidity, with several effectively ring-fenced according to crisis type; points out that enhanced crisis response capacity will ensure that cohesion policy funds are not called upon for that purpose and can therefore be used for their intended investment objectives;

    104. Considers that the post-2027 MFF should include only two special instruments – one dedicated to ensuring solidarity in the event of natural disasters (the successor to the existing European Solidarity Reserve) and one for general-purpose crisis response and for responding to any unforeseen needs and emerging priorities, including where amounts in the special instrument for natural disasters are insufficient (the successor to the Flexibility Instrument); insists that both special instruments should be adequately funded from the outset and able to carry over unspent amounts indefinitely over the MFF period; believes that all other special instruments can either be wound up or subsumed into the two special instruments or into existing programmes;

    105. Calls for the future Flexibility Instrument to be heavily front-loaded and subsequently to be fed through a number of additional sources of financing: unspent margins from previous years (as with the current Single Margin Instrument), the annual surplus from the previous year, a fines-based mechanism modelled on the existing Article 5 of the MFF Regulation, reflows from financial instruments and decommitted appropriations; underlines that the next MFF should be designed such that the future special instruments are not required to cover debt repayment;

    106. Underlines that re-use of the surplus, of reflows from financial instruments and surplus provisioning and of decommitments would require amendments to the Financial Regulation;

    107. Points out that, with sufficient up-front resources and such arrangements for re-using unused funds, the budget would have far greater response capacity without impinging on the predictability of national GNI-based contributions; insists that an MFF endowed with greater flexibility and response capacity is less likely to require a substantial mid-term revision;

    A long-term budget that is more results-focused

    108. Emphasises that, in order to maximise impact, it is imperative that spending under the next MFF be much more rigorously aligned with the Union’s strategic policy aims and better coordinated with spending at national level; underlines that, in turn, consultation with regional and local authorities is vital to facilitate access to funding and ensure that Union support meets the real needs of final recipients and delivers tangible benefits for people; underscores the importance of technical assistance to implementing authorities to help ensure timely implementation, additionality of investments and therefore maximum impact;

    109. Underlines that, in order to support effective coordination between Union and national spending, the Commission envisages a ‘new, lean steering mechanism’ designed ‘to reinforce the link between overall policy coordination and the EU budget’; insists that Parliament play a full decision-making role in any coordination or steering mechanism;

    110. Considers that the RRF, with its focus on performance and links between reforms and investments and budgetary support, has helped to drive national investments and reforms that would not otherwise have taken place;

    111. Underlines that the RRF can help to inform the delivery of Union spending under shared management; recalls, however, that the RRF was agreed in the very specific context of the COVID-19 pandemic and cannot, therefore, be replicated wholesale for future investment programmes;

    112. Points out that spending under shared management in the next MFF must involve regional and local authorities and all relevant stakeholders from design to delivery through a place-based and multilevel governance approach and in line with an improved partnership principle, ensure the cross-border European dimension of investment projects, and focus on results and impact rather than outputs by setting measurable performance indicators, ensuring availability of relevant data and feeding into programme design and adjustment;

    113. Underlines that the design of shared management spending under the next MFF must safeguard Parliament’s role as legislator, budgetary and discharge authority and in holding the executive to account, putting in place strict accountability mechanisms and guaranteeing full transparency in relation to final recipients or groups of recipients of Union spending funds through an interoperable system enabling effective tracking of cash flows and project progress;

    114. Considers that the ‘one national plan per Member State’ approach envisaged by the Commission is not in line with the principles set out above and cannot be the basis for shared management spending post-2027; recalls that, in this regard, the Union is required, under Article 175 TFEU, to provide support through instruments for agricultural, regional and social spending;

    A long-term budget that manages liabilities sustainably

    115. Recalls Parliament’s very firm opposition to subjecting the repayment of NGEU borrowing costs to a cap within an MFF heading given that these costs are subject to market conditions, influenced by external factors and thus inherently volatile, and that the repayment of borrowing costs is a non-discretionary legal obligation; stresses that introducing new own resources is also necessary to prevent future generations from bearing the burden of past debts;

    116. Deplores the fact that, under the existing architecture and despite the joint declaration by the three institutions as part of the 2020 MFF agreement whereby expenditure to cover NGEU financing costs ‘shall aim at not reducing programmes and funds’, financing for key Union programmes and resources available for special instruments, even after the MFF revision, have de facto been competing with the repayment of NGEU borrowing costs in a context of steep inflation and rising interest rates; recalls that pressure on the budget driven by NGEU borrowing costs was a key factor in cuts to flagship programmes in the MFF revision;

    117. Underlines that, to date, the Union budget has been required only to repay interest related to NGEU and that, from 2028 onwards, the budget will also have to repay the capital; underscores that, according to the Commission, the total costs for NGEU capital and interest repayments are projected to be around EUR 25-30 billion a year from 2028, equivalent to 15-20 % of payment appropriations in the 2025 budget;

    118. Acknowledges that, while NGEU borrowing costs will be more stable in the next MFF period as bonds will already have been issued, the precise repayment profile will have an impact on the level of interest and thus on the degree of volatility; insists, therefore, that all costs related to borrowing backed by the Union budget or the budgetary headroom be treated distinctly from appropriations for EU programmes within the MFF architecture;

    119. Points, in that regard, to the increasing demand for the Union budget to serve as a guarantee for the Union’s vital support through macro-financial assistance and the associated risks; underlines that, in the event of default or the withdrawal of national guarantees, the Union budget ultimately underwrites all macro-financial assistance loans and therefore bears significant and inherently unpredictable contingent liabilities, notably in relation to Ukraine;

    120. Calls, therefore, on the Commission to design a sound and durable architecture that enables sustainable management of all non-discretionary costs and liabilities, fully preserving Union programmes and the budget’s flexibility and response capacity;

    A long-term budget that is properly resourced and sustainably financed

    121. Underlines that, as described above, the budgetary needs post-2027 will be significantly higher than the amounts allocated to the 2021-2027 MFF and, in addition, will need to cover borrowing costs and debt repayment; insists, therefore, that the next MFF be endowed with significantly increased resources compared to the 2021-2027 period, moving away from the historically restrictive, self-imposed level of 1 % of GNI, which has prevented the Union from delivering on its ambitions and deprived it of the ability to respond to crises and adapt to emerging needs;

    122. Considers that all instruments and tools should be explored in order to provide the Union with those resources, in line with its priorities and identified needs; considers, in this respect, that joint borrowing through the issuance of EU bonds presents a viable option to ensure that the Union has sufficient resources to respond to acute Union-wide crises such as the ongoing crisis in the area of security and defence;

    123. Reiterates the need for sustainable and resilient revenue for the Union budget; points to the legally binding roadmap towards the introduction of new own resources in the IIA, in which Parliament, the Council and the Commission undertook to introduce sufficient new own resources to at least cover the repayment of NGEU debt; underlines that, overall, the basket of new own resources should be fair, linked to broader Union policy aims and agreed on time and with sufficient volume to meet the heightened budgetary needs;

    124. Recalls its support for the amended Commission proposal on the system of own resources; is deeply concerned by the complete absence of progress on the system of own resources in the Council; calls on the Council to adopt this proposal as a matter of urgency; and urges the Commission to spare no effort in supporting the adoption process;

    125. Calls furthermore, on the Commission to continue efforts to identify additional innovative and genuine new own resources and other revenue sources beyond those specified in the IIA; stresses that new own resources are essential not only to enable repayment of NGEU borrowing, but to ensure that the Union is equipped to cover its the higher spending needs;

    126. Calls on the Commission to design a modernised budget with a renewed spending focus, driven by the need for fairness, greater simplification, a reduced administrative burden and more transparency, including on the revenue side; underlines that existing rebates and corrections automatically expire at the end of the current MFF;

    127. Welcomes the decision, in the recast of the Financial Regulation, to treat as negative revenue any interest or other charge due to a third party relating to amounts of fines, other penalties or sanctions that are cancelled or reduced by the Court of Justice; recalls that this solution comes to an end on 31 December 2027; invites the Commission to propose a definitive solution for the next MFF that achieves the same objective of avoiding any impact on the expenditure side of the budget;

    A long-term budget grounded in close interinstitutional cooperation

    128. Underlines that Parliament intends to fully exercise its prerogatives as legislator, budgetary authority and discharge authority under the Treaties;

    129. Recalls that the requirement for close interinstitutional cooperation between the Commission, the Council and Parliament from the early design stages to the final adoption of the MFF is enshrined in the Treaties and further detailed in the IIA;

    130. Emphasises Parliament’s commitment to play its role fully throughout the process; believes that the design of the MFF should be bottom-up and based on the extensive involvement of stakeholders; underlines, furthermore, the need for a strategic dialogue among the three institutions in the run-up to the MFF proposals;

    131. Calls on the Commission to put forward practical arrangements for cooperation and genuine negotiations from the outset; points, in particular, to the importance of convening meetings of the three Presidents, as per Article 324 TFEU, wherever they can aid progress, and insists that the Commission follow up when Parliament requests such meetings; reminds the Commission of its obligation to provide information to Parliament on an equal footing with the Council as the two arms of the budgetary authority and as co-legislators on MFF-related basic acts;

    132. Recalls that the IIA specifically provides for Parliament, the Council and the Commission to ‘seek to determine specific arrangements for cooperation and dialogue’; stresses that the cooperation provisions set out in the IIA, including regular meetings between Parliament and the Council, are a bare minimum and that much more is needed to give effect to the principle in Article 312(5) TFEU of taking ‘any measure necessary to facilitate the adoption of a new MFF’; calls, therefore, on the successive Council presidencies to respect not only the letter, but also the spirit of the Treaties;

    133. Recalls that the late adoption of the MFF regulation and related legislation for the 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 periods led to significant delays, which hindered the proper implementation of EU programmes; insists, therefore, that every effort be made to ensure timely adoption of the upcoming MFF package;

    134. Expects the Commission, as part of the package of MFF proposals, to put forward a new IIA in line with the realities of the new budget, including with respect to the management of contingent liabilities; stresses that the changes to the Financial Regulation necessary for alignment with the new MFF should enter into force at the same time as the MFF Regulation;

    135. Instructs its President to forward this resolution to the Council and the Commission.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI: Oxford Square Capital Corp. Announces Net Asset Value and Selected Financial Results for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2025 and Declaration of Distributions on Common Stock for the Months Ending July 31, August 31, and September 30, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    GREENWICH, Conn., April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Oxford Square Capital Corp. (NasdaqGS: OXSQ) (NasdaqGS: OXSQZ) (NasdaqGS: OXSQG) (the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”) announced today its financial results and related information for the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    • On April 22, 2025, our Board of Directors declared the following distributions on our common stock:
           
    Month Ending Record Date Payment Date Amount Per Share
    July 31, 2025 July 17, 2025 July 31, 2025 $0.035
    August 31, 2025 August 15, 2025 August 29, 2025 $0.035
    September 30, 2025 September 16, 2025 September 30, 2025 $0.035
           
    • Net asset value (“NAV”) per share as of March 31, 2025 stood at $2.09, compared with a NAV per share on December 31, 2024 of $2.30.
    • Net investment income (“NII”) was approximately $6.1 million, or $0.09 per share, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared with approximately $6.0 million, or $0.09 per share, for the quarter ended December 31, 2024.
    • Total investment income for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 amounted to approximately $10.2 million, which was approximately the same as the quarter ended December 31, 2024.
      • For the quarter ended March 31, 2025 we recorded investment income from our portfolio as follows:
        • $5.5 million from our debt investments;
        • $4.0 million from our CLO equity investments; and
        • $0.7 million from other income.
    • Our total expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 were approximately $4.1 million, compared with total expenses of approximately $4.2 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024.
    • As of March 31, 2025, the following metrics applied (note that none of these metrics represented a total return to shareholders):
      • The weighted average yield of our debt investments was 14.3% at current cost, compared with 15.8% as of December 31, 2024;
      • The weighted average effective yield of our CLO equity investments at current cost was 9.0%, compared with 8.8% as of December 31, 2024; and
      • The weighted average cash distribution yield of our cash income producing CLO equity investments at current cost was 16.0%, compared with 16.2% as of December 31, 2024.
    • For the quarter ended March 31, 2025, we recorded a net decrease in net assets resulting from operations of approximately $8.1 million, consisting of:
      • NII of approximately $6.1 million;
      • Net realized losses of approximately $12.2 million; and
      • Net unrealized depreciation of approximately $2.1 million.
    • During the first quarter of 2025, our investment activity consisted of purchases of approximately $16.0 million, sales of approximately $10.7 million and repayments of approximately $8.7 million.
    • Our weighted average credit rating was 2.2 based on total fair value and 2.3 based on total principal amount as of March 31, 2025, compared with a weighted average credit rating of 2.3 based on total fair value and 2.4 based on total principal amount as of December 31, 2024.
    • As of March 31, 2025, our preferred equity investments in one of our portfolio companies were on non-accrual status, which had an aggregate fair value of approximately $3.9 million.
    • For the quarter ended March 31, 2025, we issued a total of approximately 1.3 million shares of common stock pursuant to an “at-the-market” offering. After deducting the sales agent’s commissions and offering expenses, this resulted in net proceeds of approximately $3.5 million. As of March 31, 2025, we had approximately 71.2 million shares of common stock outstanding.

    We will hold a conference call to discuss first quarter results today, Friday, April 25th, 2025 at 9:00 AM ET. The toll-free dial-in number is 1-800-549-8228 and the conference identification number is 26294. There will be a recording available for 30 days. If you are interested in hearing the recording, please dial 1-888-660-6264. The replay pass-code number is 26294#.

    A presentation containing further detail regarding our quarterly results of operations has been posted under the Investor Relations section of our website at www.oxfordsquarecapital.com.

             
    OXFORD SQUARE CAPITAL CORP.
             
    STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
        March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
        (unaudited)    
    ASSETS                
    Non-affiliated/non-control investments (cost: $342,775,122 and $358,356,496, respectively)   $ 239,291,367     $ 256,238,759  
    Affiliated investments (cost: $16,814,586 and $16,836,822, respectively)     3,890,986       4,614,100  
    Cash and cash equivalents     37,252,672       34,926,468  
    Interest and distributions receivable     2,426,368       2,724,049  
    Securities sold not settled     1,589,875        
    Other assets     1,039,370       1,227,598  
    Total assets   $ 285,490,638     $ 299,730,974  
    LIABILITIES                
    Notes payable – 6.25% Unsecured Notes, net of deferred issuance costs of $252,321 and $309,812, respectively   $ 44,538,429     $ 44,480,938  
    Notes payable – 5.50% Unsecured Notes, net of deferred issuance costs of $1,286,553 and $1,381,619 respectively     79,213,447       79,118,381  
    Securities purchased not settled     9,516,875       12,027,463  
    Base Fee and Net Investment Income Incentive Fee payable to affiliate     1,058,784       1,215,964  
    Accrued interest payable     1,204,487       1,204,487  
    Accrued expenses     1,076,306       1,018,261  
    Total liabilities     136,608,328       139,065,494  
    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                
    NET ASSETS                
    Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 71,187,166 and 69,758,938 shares issued and outstanding, respectively     711,872       697,590  
    Capital in excess of par value     491,617,243       487,943,476  
    Total distributable earnings/(accumulated losses)     (343,446,805 )     (327,975,586 )
    Total net assets     148,882,310       160,665,480  
    Total liabilities and net assets   $ 285,490,638     $ 299,730,974  
    Net asset value per common share   $ 2.09     $ 2.30  
                     
     
    OXFORD SQUARE CAPITAL CORP.
             
    STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (unaudited)
             
        Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2025
      Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2024
    INVESTMENT INCOME                
    From non-affiliated/non-control investments:                
    Interest income – debt investments   $ 5,534,755     $ 6,421,047  
    Income from securitization vehicles and investments     3,956,053       3,932,374  
    Other income     670,242       324,003  
    Total investment income from non-affiliated/non-control investments     10,161,050       10,677,424  
    Total investment income     10,161,050       10,677,424  
    EXPENSES                
    Interest expense     1,959,287       1,960,982  
    Base Fee     1,058,785       987,816  
    Professional fees     323,452       311,747  
    Compensation expense     239,577       206,898  
    General and administrative     355,259       346,625  
    Excise tax     120,816       325,800  
    Total expenses before incentive fees     4,057,176       4,139,868  
    Net Investment Income Incentive Fees            
    Total incentive fees            
    Total expenses     4,057,176       4,139,868  
    Net investment income     6,103,874       6,537,556  
    NET UNREALIZED (DEPRECIATION)/APPRECIATION AND REALIZED LOSSES ON INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS                
    Net change in unrealized (depreciation)/appreciation on investments:                
    Non-Affiliate/non-control investments     (1,366,018 )     145,111  
    Affiliated investments     (700,878 )     (356,117 )
    Total net change in unrealized depreciation on investments     (2,066,896 )     (211,006 )
    Net realized losses:                
    Non-affiliated/non-control investments     (12,158,495 )     (8,094,940 )
    Total net realized losses     (12,158,495 )     (8,094,940 )
    Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations   $ (8,121,517 )   $ (1,768,390 )
    Net increase in net assets resulting from net investment income per common share (Basic and Diluted):   $ 0.09     $ 0.11  
    Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations per common share (Basic and Diluted):   $ (0.12 )   $ (0.03 )
    Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding (Basic and Diluted):     69,984,752       59,639,285  
    Distributions per share   $ 0.105     $ 0.105  
                     

    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (Unaudited)

        Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2025
      Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2024
    Per Share Data                
    Net asset value at beginning of period   $ 2.30     $ 2.55  
    Net investment income(1)     0.09       0.11  
    Net realized and unrealized losses(2)     (0.20 )     (0.13 )
    Net decrease in net asset value from operations     (0.11 )     (0.02 )
    Distributions per share from net investment income     (0.11 )     (0.11 )
    Tax return of capital distributions(3)            
    Total distributions     (0.11 )     (0.11 )
    Effect of shares issued/repurchased, gross     0.01        
    Net asset value at end of period   $ 2.09     $ 2.42  
    Per share market value at beginning of period   $ 2.44     $ 2.86  
    Per share market value at end of period   $ 2.61     $ 3.17  
    Total return based on Market Value(4)     11.39 %     14.63 %
    Total return based on Net Asset Value(5)     (4.57 )%     (0.98 )%
    Shares outstanding at end of period     71,187,166       59,672,337  
                     
    Ratios/Supplemental Data(8)                
    Net assets at end of period (000’s)   $ 148,882     $ 144,340  
    Average net assets (000’s)   $ 153,493     $ 148,260  
    Ratio of expenses to average net assets(6)     10.57 %     11.17 %
    Ratio of net investment income to average net assets(6)     15.91 %     17.64 %
    Portfolio turnover rate(7)     6.26 %     3.09 %

    ____________

    (1) Represents per share net investment income for the period, based upon weighted average shares outstanding.
    (2) Net realized and unrealized losses include rounding adjustments to reconcile change in net asset value per share.
    (3) Management monitors available taxable earnings, including net investment income and realized capital gains, to determine if a tax return of capital may occur for the year. To the extent the Company’s taxable earnings fall below the total amount of the Company’s distributions for that fiscal year, a portion of those distributions may be deemed a tax return of capital to the Company’s stockholders. The ultimate tax character of the Company’s earnings cannot be determined until tax returns are prepared after the end of the fiscal year. The amounts and sources of distributions reported are only estimates (based on an average of the reported tax character historically) and are not being provided for U.S. tax reporting purposes.
    (4) Total return based on market value equals the increase or decrease of ending market value over beginning market value, plus distributions, divided by the beginning market value, assuming distribution reinvestment prices obtained under the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan. Total return is not annualized.
    (5) Total return based on net asset value equals the increase or decrease of ending net asset value over beginning net asset value, plus distributions, divided by the beginning net asset value. Total return is not annualized.
    (6) Annualized and includes excise tax.
    (7) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated using the lesser of the year-to-date investment sales and debt repayments or year-to-date investment purchases over the average of the total investments at fair value.
    (8) The following table provides supplemental performance ratios (annualized) measured for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024:
       
        Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2025
      Three Months
    Ended
    March 31,
    2024
    Ratio of expenses to average net assets:            
    Operating expenses before incentive fees   10.57 %   11.17 %
    Net investment income incentive fees   %   %
    Ratio of expenses, excluding interest expense to average net assets   5.47 %   5.88 %
                 

    About Oxford Square Capital Corp.

    Oxford Square Capital Corp. is a publicly-traded business development company principally investing in syndicated bank loans and, to a lesser extent, debt and equity tranches of collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) vehicles. CLO investments may also include warehouse facilities, which are financing structures intended to aggregate loans that may be used to form the basis of a CLO vehicle.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements subject to the inherent uncertainties in predicting future results and conditions. Any statements that are not statements of historical fact (including statements containing the words “believes,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “estimates” and similar expressions) should also be considered to be forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance, conditions or results and involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Certain factors could cause actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in these forward-looking statements. These factors are identified from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We undertake no obligation to update such statements to reflect subsequent events, except as may be required by law.

    Contact:
    Bruce Rubin
    203-983-5280

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: International crackdown on cannabis smuggling

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments 3

    News story

    International crackdown on cannabis smuggling

    UK-Thai cooperation results in 90% reduction in cannabis arriving in the post. 

    Cannabis arrivals by post from Thailand plummeted by 90% in the first three months of this year, thanks to a new partnership between UK Border Force and Thai customs.

    Since Thailand decriminalised cannabis in 2022, there has been a dramatic increase in the amount of cannabis being sent to the UK by post.

    In the last quarter of 2024, Border Force, with the support of Royal Mail, detected over 15 tonnes of the drug, which threatened to overwhelm resources. 

    However, after intense diplomatic engagement, UK Border Force and Thai customs established a new agreement, requiring parcels from Thailand to be checked before they are shipped.

    Border Force have detected 1.5 tonnes of cannabis coming through the post in the first quarter of 2025 – a 90% reduction, which is a result of the extra checks taking place in Thailand.  

    The action is key to this government’s work to boost international cooperation and tighten border security as we deliver safer streets for working people through our Plan for Change.

    Minister for Citizenship and Migration, Seema Malhotra said:  

    Our partnership with Thai customs has slashed cannabis smuggling in the post by 90% in just three months. This collaboration is delivering real results and it’s a prime example of how international cooperation is crucial to our Plan for Change, safer streets mission. 

    By stopping these drugs at source, we’re disrupting organised crime, protecting communities, and freeing Border Force to focus on other priorities. Together with our partners in Thailand, this government will continue to take tough action against those attempting to smuggle illegal drugs across our borders.

    The Home Office and Border Force have also worked closely with Thailand to prevent drugs being smuggled by air passengers. In February, Border Force and the National Crime Agency took part in Operation Chaophraya, a Home Office-led operation at Bangkok Airport.  

    This resulted in over 2 tonnes of cannabis being surrendered from transiting passengers, with an estimated value of £6 million. 

    Since Operation Chaophraya began under this government in July 2024, over 50 British nationals have been arrested in Thailand for attempted cannabis smuggling, underlining the importance of upstream deterrence work.  

    To mark the new partnership, the UK hosted Director General of Thai Customs, Mr Theeraj Athanavanich, and his delegation at Heathrow Airport and a Border Force postal depot earlier this week.  

    Mr Athanavanich met with the Minister for Migration and Citizenship, Seema Malhotra, and Director General for Border Force, Phil Douglas, where they discussed the success of the agreement and future collaboration.  

    Border Force Director General, Phil Douglas said:  

    Border Force works tirelessly to protect and strengthen our borders, by preventing the smuggling of cannabis and other illegal items into the UK. Our work doesn’t stop at the border – we work internationally with our partners to prevent illicit goods from even reaching the UK.  

    We are using advanced intelligence more than ever before and last year we made a record number of drug seizures, including the highest harm substances. Border Force remains fully committed to securing our borders and keeping our streets safe.

    In parallel with its cooperation with the UK on cannabis, Thai customs have introduced stricter screening measures at the border. This has resulted in over 800 cannabis smugglers being intercepted between October 2024 and March 2025, with over 9 tonnes of cannabis seized.

    Both the UK and Thailand are taking a zero-tolerance approach on criminal gangs who are exploiting vulnerable people to smuggle drugs across the UK border on their behalf. Individuals who are caught smuggling drugs will be arrested and face the full force of the law.  

    Alex Murray, NCA Director of threat leadership, said:

    The NCA continues to work with partners at home and abroad to target high-risk routes, seize shipments of drugs and disrupt the OCGs involved, denying them profits.

    We have been working well with the Thai authorities who are keen to intervene. Couriers should think very carefully about agreeing to smuggle cannabis. There are life-changing consequences. Crime groups can be very persuasive but the risk of getting caught is very high and simply not worth it.

    Border Force is committed to delivering the government’s Plan for Change, Safer Streets mission by stopping illegal drugs from entering our country and destroying lives.

    In the year ending March 2024, Border Force and the police seized over 119 tonnes of illegal drugs, with a street value of £3 billion, a 52% increase from the year prior, in the highest number of seizures on record. 

    Charlotte Prescott, Director of Customs and International Policy at Royal Mail said:

    Collaboration between government agencies and postal bodies is essential. We have a very strong partnership with Border Force and are proud to work alongside our Border Force colleagues, assisting their work in identifying restricted and prohibited items, and helping to tackle this issue – this relationship has been recognised as one of the best internationally.

    Updates to this page

    Published 25 April 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Redesigning and rebuilding ‘Check if you can get legal aid’

    Source: United Kingdom – Government Statements

    News story

    Redesigning and rebuilding ‘Check if you can get legal aid’

    Announcing the launch of the improved ‘Check if you can get legal aid’ website, redesigned and user-focused.

    We recently launched an improved service that helps clients better understand whether they may qualify for legal aid. 

    The website supports our wider goal of making legal aid simpler and more accessible for everyone. The updated tool allows members of the public to check their eligibility with ease, using clear, everyday language that reflects how they understand and describe their legal issues. 

    Designed around real client needs 

    This work has been a truly collaborative effort. The Civil Legal Advice (CLA) digital team worked closely with stakeholders from across the LAA and beyond, including legal experts and charities, to understand what people need when they are seeking legal help. 

    We listened to clients, tested different approaches and studied how people talk about their problems. This allowed us to move away from complex legal jargon and design a tool that speaks in a language that feels accessible and human.

    The result

    A simpler, clearer and more intuitive experience – one that removes barriers and helps more people get the support they need. 

    A legal aid client said: “it’s nice, basic and simple to read, the descriptions really help

    Covering over 15 areas of civil law

    Civil legal aid spans a wide range of legal issues – from family law to housing, debt, education and more. Through extensive research into legislation and collaboration with experts, we built a deep understanding of each of these areas and ensured the tool reflects the full breadth of support available. 

    In a survey completed by legal aid providers reviewing one of our earlier prototypes, 88 per cent found the new legal categories on the website to be clear and intuitive.  

    Data-driven, evidence-based, and future-ready 

    From day one, the team used data to guide development, analysing how people use the service, what they search for, and where they run into issues. This evidence-based approach allowed the team to make informed improvements and prioritise what matters most. 

    We’ve moved away from legacy systems and adopted a modern frontend that’s faster, easier to maintain and built with the future in mind. This means we can continue improving the service as user needs evolve and policies change. 

    A meaningful step forward 

    The new ‘Check if you can get legal aid’ website is more than just a digital tool, it’s a step forward in making legal aid more accessible for the people who need it most.

    This release is just one part of our ongoing commitment to continuous improvement, innovation, and ensuring that the justice system works for everyone.

    Further information

    eligibility@justice.gov.uk 

    You can visit the new Check if you can get legal aid site at https://www.gov.uk/check-legal-aid and if you have any feedback or suggestions, please get in touch at sonya.hussain@justice.gov.uk

    Updates to this page

    Published 25 April 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Healthcare fee adjustments published

    Source: Hong Kong Information Services

    The Hospital Authority announced today that the new fee schedule for public services in public hospitals will take effect on January 1 next year, following its publication in the Government Gazette today.

    Since the announcement of the “Public Healthcare Fees & Charges Reform” in March, the Health Bureau and the authority have been engaging with the Legislative Council, the public and other stakeholders to explain the reforms and gather feedback.

    They have found a consensus that the current public healthcare subsidisation structure cannot cope with increasing service demands driven by demographic changes and healthcare developments. In light of these realities, modifications to patterns of healthcare service utilisation, more precise allocation of medical resources, and reduced wastage and misuse of medical resources are deemed necessary.

    Besides restructuring subsidisation levels for various services, the reforms seek to enhance the medical fee waiver mechanism, introduce a cap on annual spending, and strengthen protection for patients with critical illnesses in relation to drugs and medical devices.

    As such, public healthcare will be reinforced as a safety net for all, and it is expected that the enhanced medical fee waiving mechanism will expand the number of eligible beneficiaries from 0.3 million to 1.4 million underprivileged individuals, while the annual spending cap will benefit 70,000 patients with serious illnesses.

    The Hospital Authority’s next steps are to refine implementation measures to ensure the reforms’ smooth execution. This includes streamlining application procedures for medical fee waivers and relaxing the eligibility criteria under means testing for the Samaritan Fund safety net.

    The authority will launch a means test calculator on its website and a mobile application, ‘HA Go’, on April 28. By inputting information about household income and assets, patients can make a preliminary estimation of their eligibility for medical fee waivers and safety net applications under the new healthcare protection measures.

    Additionally, starting from January 1 – when the new Accident & Emergency fee of $400 takes effect – the special A&E refund arrangements will be regularised simultaneously. While waiting for consultation after nurses conduct triage and preliminary medical assessments, patients who choose to seek treatment at other healthcare institutions may apply for a $350 refund.

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI: Ponce Financial Group, Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Ponce Financial Group, Inc., (the “Company”) (NASDAQ: PDLB), the holding company for Ponce Bank (the “Bank”), today announced results for the first quarter of 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights (Compared to Prior Periods):

    • Net income available to common stockholders was $5.7 million, or $0.25 per diluted share for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to net income available to common stockholders of $2.7 million, or $0.12 per diluted share for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and net income available to common stockholders of $2.4 million, or $0.11 per diluted share for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Total net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $6.0 million. The Company paid dividends of $0.3 million on its preferred stock during the three months ended March 31, 2025.
    • Included in the $5.7 million of net income available to common stockholders for the first quarter of 2025 results is $44.0 million in interest and dividend income, $2.4 million in non-interest income and $0.3 million in benefit for credit losses, offset by $21.8 million in interest expense, $16.9 million in non-interest expense, $2.0 million in provision for income taxes and $0.3 million in dividends on preferred shares.
    • Net interest income of $22.2 million for the first quarter of 2025 increased $1.5 million, or 7.11%, from the prior quarter and increased $3.4 million, or 17.96%, from the same quarter last year. 
    • Net interest margin was 2.98% for the first quarter of 2025, versus 2.80% for the prior quarter and 2.71% for the same quarter last year.
    • Non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $2.4 million, an increase of $0.3 million, or 13.54%, from $2.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and an increase of $0.7 million, or 39.48%, from $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    • Non-interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $16.9 million, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 3.30%, from $17.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and an increase of $0.1 million, or 0.61%, compared to $16.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    • Cash and equivalents were $129.9 million as of March 31, 2025, a decrease of $9.9 million, or 7.11%, from $139.8 million as of December 31, 2024.
    • Securities totaled $461.6 million as of March 31, 2025, a decrease of $11.3 million, or 2.39%, from $472.9 million as of December 31, 2024 primarily due to regular principal payments and the call of one available-for-sale security in the amount of $1.0 million.
    • Net loans receivable were $2.37 billion as of March 31, 2025, an increase of $84.3 million, or 3.69%, from $2.29 billion as of December 31, 2024.
    • Deposits were $2.00 billion as of March 31, 2025, an increase of $120.1 million, or 6.37%, from $1.88 billion as of December 31, 2024.

    President and Chief Executive Officer’s Comments

    Carlos P. Naudon, Ponce Financial Group, Inc.’s President and CEO, stated “We continued executing well our strategy of focusing on net interest margin, operating expenses and fee income, which translated into several positive trends this quarter. Our net interest margin this quarter increased by 18 basis points, reflecting both our high-yielding construction loans and our decreasing borrowing costs. In fact, our loan yields rose by 9 basis points while our cost of funds decreased by 10 basis points. Our operating expenses have decreased quarter over quarter, and our non-interest income compares favorably to prior periods. All-in-all, a very good quarter in these turbulent and uncertain times.”

    Executive Chairman’s Comment

    Steven A. Tsavaris, Ponce Financial Group’s Executive Chairman added “Most of our high-yielding construction lending has an additional benefit – it qualifies as Deep Impact lending under the U.S. Treasury’s Emergency Capital Investment Program and serves to lower the dividends payable on our preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury. Importantly, our construction initiatives also reflect our conservative underwriting, high developer equity requirements and short duration. Of our 64 on-going projects, more than 43 percent already have at least a temporary certificate of occupancy and 80 percent are at least halfway through construction.” 

    The table below indicate the Key Metrics at or for the three months ended:

        At or for the Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Performance Ratios:                              
    Return on average assets(1)     0.77 %     0.38 %     0.33 %     0.45 %     0.33 %
    Return on common equity(1)     7.97 %     3.76 %     3.06 %     4.60 %     3.61 %
    Net interest margin(1) (2)     2.98 %     2.80 %     2.65 %     2.62 %     2.71 %
    Non-interest expense to average assets(1)     2.19 %     2.25 %     2.19 %     2.28 %     2.35 %
    Efficiency ratio(3)     68.70 %     75.63 %     80.87 %     80.09 %     82.56 %
    Capital Ratios:                              
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets (Ponce Financial Group)     22.84 %     22.98 %     22.87 %     23.86 %     24.47 %
    Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (Ponce Financial Group)     12.51 %     12.44 %     12.28 %     12.71 %     12.98 %
    Tier 1 capital to total assets (Ponce Financial Group)     16.84 %     17.70 %     17.81 %     17.88 %     17.59 %
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets (Bank only)     21.38 %     21.47 %     21.61 %     22.47 %     22.79 %
    Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (Bank only)     20.35 %     20.40 %     20.45 %     21.24 %     21.54 %
    Tier 1 capital to total assets (Bank only)     15.61 %     15.81 %     16.19 %     16.70 %     16.26 %
    Asset Quality Ratios:                              
    Allowance for credit losses on loans as a percentage of total loans     0.96 %     0.97 %     1.09 %     1.18 %     1.23 %
    Allowance for credit losses on loans as a percentage of nonperforming loans     84.15 %     82.29 %     139.52 %     130.28 %     140.90 %
    Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average outstanding loans(1)     (0.04 %)     (0.45 %)     (0.17 %)     (0.10 %)     (0.25 %)
    Non-performing loans as a percentage of total assets     0.88 %     0.90 %     0.57 %     0.65 %     0.62 %
    Other:                              
    Number of offices     18       19       19       18       18  
    Number of full-time equivalent employees     211       218       228       227       233  
                                   

    (1) Annualized where appropriate.
    (2) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
    (3) Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

    Summary of Results of Operations

    Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $6.0 million compared to net income of $2.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and net income of $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The $3.0 million increase of net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024 was attributed mainly to increases of $1.5 million in net interest income, an increase of $1.2 million in benefit for credit losses, a decrease of $0.6 million in non-interest expense and an increase of $0.3 million in non-interest income; partially offset by an increase of $0.5 million in provision for income taxes.

    The $3.5 million increase of net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024 was largely due to increases of $3.4 million in net interest income, $0.7 million in non-interest income and $0.3 million in benefit for credit losses, partially offset by increases of $0.7 million in provision for income taxes and $0.1 million in non-interest expense

    Net Interest Income and Net Margin

    Net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, increased $1.5 million, or 7.11%, to $22.2 million compared to $20.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and increased $3.4 million, or 17.96%, compared to $18.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The $1.5 million increase in net interest income from the three months ended December 31, 2024 was attributable to an increase of $1.1 million in total interest and dividend income and a decrease of $0.4 million in total interest expense.

    The $3.4 million increase in net interest income from the three months ended March 31, 2024 was attributable to an increase of $4.3 million in total interest and dividend income, offset by an increase of $0.9 million in total interest expense.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, benefit for credit losses amounted to $0.3 million, compared to $0.9 million in provision for credit losses for the prior quarter and a credit loss benefit on loans of less than $0.1 million during the first quarter of 2024.

    Net interest margin was 2.98% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to 2.80% for the prior quarter, an increase of 18bps and 2.71% for the same period last year, an increase of 27bps.

    Non-interest Income

    Non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was $2.4 million, an increase of $0.3 million, or 13.54%, compared to $2.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and an increase of $0.7 million, or 39.48%, compared to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The $0.3 million increase in non-interest income from the three months ended December 31, 2024 was largely attributable to increases of $0.4 million in late and prepayment charges and $0.3 million in income on sale of SBA loans, partially offset by decreases of $0.2 million in other non-interest income and $0.1 million in income on sale of mortgage loans.

    The $0.7 million increase in non-interest income from the three months ended March 31, 2024 was largely attributable to increases of $0.4 million in income on sale of SBA loans and $0.3 million in late and prepayment charges, partially offset by a decrease of $0.2 million in income on the sale of mortgage loans.

    Non-interest Expense

    Non-interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was $16.9 million, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 3.30%, compared to $17.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and an increase of $0.1 million, or 0.61%, compared to $16.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The $0.6 million decrease in non-interest expense from the three months ended December 31, 2024 was mainly attributable to decreases of $0.3 million in professional fees, $0.2 million in marketing and promotional expenses, $0.2 million in direct loan expenses, $0.1 million in office supplies, telephone and postage, partially offset by an increase of $0.1 million in compensation and benefits.

    The $0.1 million increase in non-interest expense from the three months ended March 31, 2024 was mainly attributable to increases of $0.5 million in other operating expense and $0.2 million in occupancy and equipment, partially offset by decreases of $0.4 million in professional fees and $0.3 million in direct loan expenses.

    Credit Quality:

    Non-performing loans were $32.0 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $32.1 million at December 31, 2024 and $22.4 million at March 31, 2024.

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, a credit loss benefit of $0.3 million on loans was recorded, consisting of $0.7 million charged on the funded portion and a benefit of $1.0 million on the unfunded portion on loans. During the three months ended December 31, 2024, a credit loss provision of $0.9 million on loans were recorded, consisting of $1.1 million charged on the funded portion and a benefit of $0.2 million on unfunded portion on loans. During the three months ended March 31, 2024, a credit loss benefit of $0.1 million on loans were recorded, consisting of $0.3 million benefit on the funded portion and a $0.2 million charged on the on unfunded portion on loans.

    Balance Sheet Summary

    Total assets increased $49.9 million, or 1.64%, to $3.09 billion as of March 31, 2025 from $3.04 billion as of December 31, 2024. The increase in total assets is largely attributable to increases of $84.3 million in net loans receivable, $1.2 million in accrued interest receivable and $0.4 million in right of use assets, partially offset by decreases of $9.9 million in cash and cash equivalents, $9.9 million in held-to-maturity securities, $8.4 million in other assets, $3.4 million in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, $2.2 million in mortgage loans held for sale and $1.4 million in available-for-sale securities.

    Total liabilities increased $41.5 million, or 1.64%, to $2.58 billion as of March 31, 2025 from $2.53 billion as of December 31, 2024. The increase in total liabilities was largely attributable to an increase of $120.1 million in deposits, $2.6 million in advance payments by borrowers for taxes, $0.9 million in accrued interest payable, $0.4 million in operating lease liabilities, partially offset by decreases of $75.0 million in borrowings and $7.5 million in other liabilities.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $8.4 million, or 1.66%, to $513.9 million as of March 31, 2025, from $505.5 million as of December 31, 2024. The $8.4 million increase in stockholders’ equity was largely attributable to $6.0 million in net income, $1.8 million in other comprehensive income, $0.5 million impact to additional paid in capital as a result of share-based compensation and $0.4 million from release of ESOP shares, offset by $0.3 million in dividends on preferred shares.

    About Ponce Financial Group, Inc.

    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. is the holding company for Ponce Bank. Ponce Bank is a Minority Depository Institution, a Community Development Financial Institution, and a certified Small Business Administration lender. Ponce Bank’s business primarily consists of taking deposits from the general public and to a lesser extent alternative funding sources and investing those funds, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in mortgage loans, consisting of 1-4 family residences (investor-owned and owner-occupied), multifamily residences, nonresidential properties, construction and land, and, to a lesser extent, in business and consumer loans. Ponce Bank also invests in securities, which consist of U.S. Government and federal agency securities and securities issued by government-sponsored or government-owned enterprises, as well as, mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds and obligations, and Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

    Forward Looking Statements

    Certain statements herein constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements may be identified by words such as “believes,” “will,” “would,” “expects,” “project,” “may,” “could,” “developments,” “strategic,” “launching,” “opportunities,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” and similar expressions. These statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. Factors that could cause such differences to exist include, but are not limited to, adverse conditions in the capital and debt markets and the impact of such conditions on business activities; changes in interest rates; competitive pressures from other financial institutions; the effects of general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which Ponce Bank operates, including changes that adversely affect borrowers’ ability to service and repay Ponce Bank’s loans; changes in U.S. trade policies, including the imposition of tariffs and retaliatory tariffs, and their related impacts on the economy; changes in the value of securities in the investment portfolio; changes in loan default and charge-off rates; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and investments; operational risks including, but not limited to, cybersecurity, fraud and natural disasters; changes in government regulation; changes in accounting standards and practices; the risk that intangibles recorded in the financial statements will become impaired; demand for loans in Ponce Bank’s market area; Ponce Bank’s ability to attract and maintain deposits; risks related to the implementation of acquisitions, dispositions, and restructurings; the risk that Ponce Financial Group, Inc. may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy; changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements and the risk factors described in Ponce Financial Group, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. Ponce Financial Group, Inc. disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or other changes, except as may be required by applicable law or regulation.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc.
    and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (Dollars in thousands, except for share data)

        As of  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    ASSETS                              
    Cash and due from banks:                              
    Cash   $ 32,113     $ 35,478     $ 32,061     $ 23,128     $ 29,972  
    Interest-bearing deposits     97,780       104,361       123,751       80,038       104,752  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     129,893       139,839       155,812       103,166       134,724  
    Available-for-sale securities, at fair value     103,570       104,970       111,005       113,125       116,044  
    Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost     358,024       367,938       403,736       442,113       452,955  
    Placement with banks     249       249       249       249       249  
    Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value     8,567       10,736       9,566       37,764       7,860  
    Loans receivable, net     2,370,931       2,286,599       2,180,331       2,022,173       1,981,428  
    Accrued interest receivable     19,008       17,771       16,890       17,441       18,063  
    Premises and equipment, net     16,417       16,794       16,843       16,976       17,396  
    Right of use assets     29,496       29,093       29,785       30,349       31,021  
    Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock (FHLBNY), at cost     25,807       29,182       28,515       23,972       23,892  
    Deferred tax assets     11,629       12,074       11,845       13,172       13,919  
    Other assets     16,245       24,693       51,392       21,507       21,151  
    Total assets   $ 3,089,836     $ 3,039,938     $ 3,015,969     $ 2,842,007     $ 2,818,702  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                              
    Liabilities:                              
    Deposits   $ 2,004,947     $ 1,884,864     $ 1,870,323     $ 1,606,097     $ 1,585,784  
    Operating lease liabilities     31,126       30,696       31,343       31,861       32,486  
    Accrued interest payable     4,628       3,712       2,918       6,820       4,218  
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance     12,901       10,349       13,733       10,838       13,245  
    Borrowings     521,100       596,100       580,421       680,421       680,421  
    Other liabilities     1,248       8,717       12,642       8,313       8,866  
    Total liabilities     2,575,950       2,534,438       2,511,380       2,344,350       2,325,020  
    Commitments and contingencies                              
    Stockholders’ Equity:                              
    Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized     225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000  
    Common stock, $0.01 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized     249       249       249       249       249  
    Treasury stock, at cost     (7,641 )     (7,707 )     (9,445 )     (9,519 )     (9,702 )
    Additional paid-in-capital     207,888       207,319       208,478       207,934       207,584  
    Retained earnings     113,432       107,754       105,103       102,951       99,834  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (13,515 )     (15,297 )     (12,686 )     (16,557 )     (16,590 )
    Unearned compensation ─ ESOP     (11,527 )     (11,818 )     (12,110 )     (12,401 )     (12,693 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     513,886       505,500       504,589       497,657       493,682  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 3,089,836     $ 3,039,938     $ 3,015,969     $ 2,842,007     $ 2,818,702  
                                             

    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Interest and dividend income:                              
    Interest on loans receivable   $ 37,136     $ 35,622     $ 32,945     $ 31,281     $ 30,664  
    Interest on deposits due from banks     1,668       1,783       2,430       1,542       2,911  
    Interest and dividend on securities and FHLBNY stock     5,193       5,481       5,918       5,969       6,091  
    Total interest and dividend income     43,997       42,886       41,293       38,792       39,666  
    Interest expense:                              
    Interest on certificates of deposit     7,754       8,104       6,926       6,358       6,380  
    Interest on other deposits     8,554       8,476       8,519       7,389       6,540  
    Interest on borrowings     5,486       5,576       6,825       7,141       7,923  
    Total interest expense     21,794       22,156       22,270       20,888       20,843  
    Net interest income     22,203       20,730       19,023       17,904       18,823  
    (Benefit) provision for credit losses(1)     (285 )     897       537       (867 )     (16 )
    Net interest income after (benefit) provision for credit losses     22,488       19,833       18,486       18,771       18,839  
    Non-interest income:                              
    Service charges and fees     525       500       508       492       473  
    Brokerage commissions     4       44             9       8  
    Late and prepayment charges     697       318       77       426       359  
    Income on sale of mortgage loans     148       254       218       274       302  
    Income on sale of SBA loans     404       148                    
    Other     603       833       348       1,057       565  
    Total non-interest income     2,381       2,097       1,151       2,258       1,707  
    Non-interest expense:                              
    Compensation and benefits     7,780       7,668       7,674       7,724       7,844  
    Occupancy and equipment     3,913       3,863       3,786       3,564       3,667  
    Data processing expenses     1,152       1,143       1,099       1,013       1,127  
    Direct loan expenses     388       617       573       633       732  
    Insurance and surety bond premiums     315       293       292       263       253  
    Office supplies, telephone and postage     170       294       222       233       249  
    Professional fees     1,364       1,703       1,351       1,369       1,723  
    Microloans recoveries           (29 )     (54 )     (65 )     (53 )
    Marketing and promotional expenses     83       289       180       145       100  
    Federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessment(2)     461       418       392       428       389  
    Other operating expenses(2)     1,262       1,206       1,051       1,333       755  
    Total non-interest expense(1)     16,888       17,465       16,566       16,640       16,786  
    Income before income taxes     7,981       4,465       3,071       4,389       3,760  
    Provision for income taxes     2,022       1,532       638       1,197       1,346  
    Net income   $ 5,959     $ 2,933     $ 2,433     $ 3,192     $ 2,414  
    Dividends on preferred shares     281       282       281       75        
    Net income available to common stockholders   $ 5,678     $ 2,651     $ 2,152     $ 3,117     $ 2,414  
    Earnings per common share:                              
    Basic   $ 0.25     $ 0.12     $ 0.10     $ 0.14     $ 0.11  
    Diluted   $ 0.25     $ 0.12     $ 0.10     $ 0.14     $ 0.11  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding:                              
    Basic     22,662,916       22,528,160       22,446,009       22,409,803       22,353,492  
    Diluted     22,876,740       22,807,644       22,612,028       22,419,309       22,366,728  
                                             

    (1) For the three months ended December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024, (benefit) provision for contingencies in the amounts of ($0.2 million), ($0.3 million), ($0.5 million) and $0.2 million were reclassified from total non-interest expense to (benefit) provision for credit losses.

    (2) For the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024, $0.3 million of federal deposit insurance was reclassified from other operating expenses to federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments and $0.1 million of directors’ fees were reclassified from federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments to other operating expenses for each periods.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

        For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024     Variance $     Variance %  
    Interest and dividend income:                        
    Interest on loans receivable   $ 37,136     $ 30,664     $ 6,472       21.11 %
    Interest on deposits due from banks     1,668       2,911       (1,243 )     (42.70 %)
    Interest and dividend on securities and FHLBNY stock     5,193       6,091       (898 )     (14.74 %)
    Total interest and dividend income     43,997       39,666       4,331       10.92 %
    Interest expense:                        
    Interest on certificates of deposit     7,754       6,380       1,374       21.54 %
    Interest on other deposits     8,554       6,540       2,014       30.80 %
    Interest on borrowings     5,486       7,923       (2,437 )     (30.76 %)
    Total interest expense     21,794       20,843       951       4.56 %
    Net interest income     22,203       18,823       3,380       17.96 %
    Benefit for credit losses (1)     (285 )     (16 )     (269 )     1,681.25 %
    Net interest income after benefit for credit losses     22,488       18,839       3,649       19.37 %
    Non-interest income:                        
    Service charges and fees     525       473       52       10.99 %
    Brokerage commissions     4       8       (4 )     (50.00 %)
    Late and prepayment charges     697       359       338       94.15 %
    Income on sale of mortgage loans     148       302       (154 )     (50.99 %)
    Income on sale of SBA loans     404             404       %
    Other     603       565       38       6.73 %
    Total non-interest income     2,381       1,707       674       39.48 %
    Non-interest expense:                        
    Compensation and benefits     7,780       7,844       (64 )     (0.82 %)
    Occupancy and equipment     3,913       3,667       246       6.71 %
    Data processing expenses     1,152       1,127       25       2.22 %
    Direct loan expenses     388       732       (344 )     (46.99 %)
    Insurance and surety bond premiums     315       253       62       24.51 %
    Office supplies, telephone and postage     170       249       (79 )     (31.73 %)
    Professional fees     1,364       1,723       (359 )     (20.84 %)
    Microloans recoveries           (53 )     53       (100.00 %)
    Marketing and promotional expenses     83       100       (17 )     (17.00 %)
    Federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments (2)     461       389       72       18.51 %
    Other operating expenses (2)     1,262       755       507       67.15 %
    Total non-interest expense (1)     16,888       16,786       102       0.61 %
    Income before income taxes     7,981       3,760       4,221       112.26 %
    Provision for income taxes     2,022       1,346       676       50.22 %
    Net income   $ 5,959     $ 2,414     $ 3,545       146.85 %
    Dividends on preferred shares     281             281       %
    Net income available to common stockholders   $ 5,678     $ 2,414     $ 3,264       135.21 %
    Earnings per common share:                        
    Basic   $ 0.25     $ 0.11     $ 0.14       127.27 %
    Diluted   $ 0.25     $ 0.11     $ 0.14       127.27 %
    Weighted average common shares outstanding:                        
    Basic     22,662,916       22,353,492       309,424       1.38 %
    Diluted     22,876,740       22,366,728       510,012       2.28 %
     

    (1) For the three months ended March 31, 2024, provision for contingencies in the amount of $0.2 million were reclassified from total non-interest expense to benefit for credit losses.

    (2) For the three months ended March 31, 2024, $0.3 million of federal deposit insurance was reclassified from other operating expenses to federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments and $0.1 million of directors’ fees were reclassified from federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments to other operating expenses.  


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Loans Receivable excluding Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        As of  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
           
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Mortgage loans:                                                            
    1-4 family residential                                                            
    Investor Owned   $ 325,866       13.62 %   $ 330,053       14.30 %   $ 332,380       15.09 %   $ 337,292       16.49 %   $ 339,331       16.92 %
    Owner-Occupied     137,676       5.75 %     142,363       6.17 %     145,065       6.59 %     147,485       7.21 %     150,842       7.52 %
    Multifamily residential     675,541       28.24 %     670,159       29.04 %     678,029       30.78 %     545,323       26.66 %     545,825       27.22 %
    Nonresidential properties     390,681       16.33 %     389,898       16.89 %     383,277       17.40 %     337,583       16.51 %     327,350       16.32 %
    Construction and land     815,425       34.08 %     733,660       31.79 %     631,461       28.67 %     641,879       31.39 %     608,665       30.35 %
    Total mortgage loans     2,345,189       98.02 %     2,266,133       98.19 %     2,170,212       98.53 %     2,009,562       98.26 %     1,972,013       98.33 %
    Non-mortgage loans:                                                            
    Business loans     46,329       1.94 %     40,849       1.77 %     28,499       1.29 %     30,222       1.48 %     26,664       1.33 %
    Consumer loans(1)     997       0.04 %     1,038       0.04 %     4,021       0.18 %     5,305       0.26 %     6,741       0.34 %
    Total non-mortgage loans     47,326       1.98 %     41,887       1.81 %     32,520       1.47 %     35,527       1.74 %     33,405       1.67 %
    Total loans, gross     2,392,515       100.00 %     2,308,020       100.00 %     2,202,732       100.00 %     2,045,089       100.00 %     2,005,418       100.00 %
    Net deferred loan origination costs     1,390             1,081             1,565             1,145             674        
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (22,974 )           (22,502 )           (23,966 )           (24,061 )           (24,664 )      
    Loans, net   $ 2,370,931           $ 2,286,599           $ 2,180,331           $ 2,022,173           $ 1,981,428        
                                                                           

    (1)   As of September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024, consumer loans include $3.0 million, $4.3 million, and $5.7 million, respectively, of microloans originated by the Bank. As of December 31, 2024, these microloans were charged-off.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans

        For the Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2024     2024     2024     2024     2024  
           
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans at beginning of the period   $ 22,502     $ 23,966     $ 24,061     $ 24,664     $ 26,154  
    Provision (benefit) for credit losses on loans     731       1,090       801       (120 )     (255 )
    Charge-offs:                              
    Mortgage loans:                              
    1-4 family residences                              
    Investor owned     (38 )                        
    Owner occupied                              
    Multifamily residences                              
    Nonresidential properties                 (7 )            
    Construction and land                              
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     (222 )     (232 )     (450 )           (52 )
    Consumer     (3 )     (2,465 )     (634 )     (747 )     (1,302 )
    Total charge-offs     (263 )     (2,697 )     (1,091 )     (747 )     (1,354 )
    Recoveries:                              
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     4             1       7       1  
    Consumer           143       194       257       118  
    Total recoveries     4       143       195       264       119  
    Net (charge-offs) recoveries     (259 )     (2,554 )     (896 )     (483 )     (1,235 )
    Allowance for credit losses on loans at end of the period   $ 22,974     $ 22,502     $ 23,966     $ 24,061     $ 24,664  
                                             

    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
    Deposits

        As of  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
           
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Demand   $ 212,139       10.58 %   $ 169,178       8.98 %   $ 182,737       9.78 %   $ 178,125       11.09 %   $ 191,541       12.07 %
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                                            
    NOW/IOLA accounts     74,430       3.71 %     62,616       3.32 %     71,445       3.82 %     81,178       5.05 %     73,202       4.62 %
    Money market accounts     692,753       34.55 %     636,219       33.75 %     660,168       35.30 %     502,255       31.27 %     482,344       30.42 %
    Reciprocal deposits     141,838       7.07 %     130,677       6.93 %     94,145       5.03 %     109,945       6.85 %     97,718       6.16 %
    Savings accounts     106,122       5.29 %     105,870       5.62 %     108,941       5.82 %     109,694       6.83 %     112,713       7.11 %
    Total NOW, money market, reciprocal and savings accounts     1,015,143       50.62 %     935,382       49.62 %     934,699       49.97 %     803,072       50.00 %     765,977       48.31 %
    Certificates of deposit of $250K or more(1)     219,721       10.96 %     204,293       10.84 %     210,262       11.25 %     189,683       11.82 %     183,478       11.57 %
    Brokered certificates of deposit(2)     84,531       4.22 %     94,531       5.02 %     94,531       5.05 %     94,614       5.89 %     94,689       5.97 %
    Listing service deposits(2)     6,140       0.31 %     7,376       0.39 %     7,376       0.39 %     9,361       0.58 %     12,688       0.80 %
    All other certificates of deposit less than $250K(1)     467,273       23.31 %     474,104       25.15 %     440,718       23.56 %     331,242       20.62 %     337,411       21.28 %
    Total certificates of deposit     777,665       38.80 %     780,304       41.40 %     752,887       40.25 %     624,900       38.91 %     628,266       39.62 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits     1,792,808       89.42 %     1,715,686       91.02 %     1,687,586       90.22 %     1,427,972       88.91 %     1,394,243       87.93 %
    Total deposits   $ 2,004,947       100.00 %   $ 1,884,864       100.00 %   $ 1,870,323       100.00 %   $ 1,606,097       100.00 %   $ 1,585,784       100.00 %
                                                                                     

    (1) As of September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024, $36.2 million, $33.5 million and $37.2 million, respectively, were reclassified from all other certificates of deposit less than $250K to certificates of deposit of $250K or more.

    (2) There were no individual listing service deposits amounting to $250,000 or more. There was one brokered certificates of deposit in the amount of $1.5 million amounting to $250,000 or more. All other brokered certificates of deposit individually amounted to less than $250,000.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Nonperforming Assets

        As of Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
           
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Non-accrual loans:                              
    Mortgage loans:                              
    1-4 family residential                              
    Investor owned   $ 1,052     $ 436     $ 436     $ 436     $ 399  
    Owner occupied     1,423       1,423       1,423       1,423       1,426  
    Multifamily residential     9,788       10,271       4,685       5,754       4,098  
    Nonresidential properties                 824       828       441  
    Construction and land     14,159       14,158       8,907       8,907       10,277  
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     170       343       180       396       146  
    Consumer                              
    Total non-accrual loans (not including non-accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty)(1)   $ 26,592     $ 26,631     $ 16,455     $ 17,744     $ 16,787  
                                   
    Non-accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty(1):                              
    Mortgage loans:                              
    1-4 family residential                              
    Investor owned   $ 279     $ 279     $ 278     $ 277     $ 270  
    Owner occupied     431       435       444       448       447  
    Multifamily residential                              
    Nonresidential properties                              
    Construction and land                              
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business                              
    Consumer                              
    Total non-accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty(1)     710       714       722       725       717  
    Total non-accrual loans(2)   $ 27,302     $ 27,345     $ 17,177     $ 18,469     $ 17,504  
                                   
    Accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty (1):                              
    Mortgage loans:                              
    1-4 family residential                              
    Investor owned   $ 1,792     $ 1,807     $ 1,821     $ 1,830     $ 1,850  
    Owner occupied     2,038       2,062       2,116       2,171       2,288  
    Multifamily residential                              
    Nonresidential properties     644       652       672       707       748  
    Construction and land                              
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     209       215       222              
    Consumer                              
    Total accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty(1)   $ 4,683     $ 4,736     $ 4,831     $ 4,708     $ 4,886  
    Total non-performing assets and accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty(1)   $ 31,985     $ 32,081     $ 22,008     $ 23,177     $ 22,390  
    Total non-performing assets to total assets     0.88 %     0.90 %     0.57 %     0.65 %     0.62 %
                                             

    (1) Balances include both modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, in accordance with ASU 2022-02 adopted on January 1, 2023, and previously existing troubled debt restructurings.

    (2) Includes nonperforming mortgage loans held for sale.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Average Balance Sheets

        For the Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025     2024  
        Average               Average            
        Outstanding           Average   Outstanding           Average
        Balance     Interest     Yield/Rate(1)   Balance     Interest     Yield/Rate(1)
         
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest-earning assets:                                
    Loans(2)   $ 2,369,433     $ 37,136     6.36 %   $ 1,979,263     $ 30,664     6.23 %
    Securities(3)     467,560       4,521     3.92 %     576,235       5,619     3.92 %
    Other(4)     186,021       2,340     5.10 %     238,432       3,383     5.71 %
    Total interest-earning assets     3,023,014       43,997     5.90 %     2,793,930       39,666     5.71 %
    Non-interest-earning assets     109,166                 106,566            
    Total assets   $ 3,132,180               $ 2,900,496            
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                
    NOW/IOLA   $ 72,354     $ 115     0.64 %   $ 82,849     $ 218     1.06 %
    Money market     827,948       8,411     4.12 %     544,563       6,292     4.65 %
    Savings     105,171       26     0.10 %     113,501       28     0.10 %
    Certificates of deposit     794,270       7,754     3.96 %     629,528       6,380     4.08 %
    Total deposits     1,799,743       16,306     3.67 %     1,370,441       12,918     3.79 %
    Advance payments by borrowers     12,445       2     0.07 %     12,886       2     0.06 %
    Borrowings     568,601       5,486     3.91 %     771,070       7,923     4.13 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     2,380,789       21,794     3.71 %     2,154,397       20,843     3.89 %
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                                
    Non-interest-bearing demand     196,627                 198,862            
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities     43,915                 54,061            
    Total non-interest-bearing liabilities     240,542                 252,923            
    Total liabilities     2,621,331       21,794           2,407,320       20,843      
    Total equity     510,849                 493,176            
    Total liabilities and total equity   $ 3,132,180           3.71 %   $ 2,900,496           3.89 %
    Net interest income         $ 22,203               $ 18,823      
    Net interest rate spread(5)               2.19 %               1.82 %
    Net interest-earning assets(6)   $ 642,225               $ 639,533            
    Net interest margin(7)               2.98 %               2.71 %
    Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities               126.98 %               129.69 %
                                         
     

    (1) Annualized where appropriate.
    (2) Loans include loans and mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value.
    (3) Securities include available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities.
    (4) Includes FHLBNY demand account, FHLBNY stock dividends and FRBNY demand deposits.
    (5) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (6) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
    (7) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Other Data

        As of  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Other Data                              
    Common shares issued     24,886,711       24,886,711       24,886,711       24,886,711       24,886,711  
    Less treasury shares     920,520       925,497       1,067,248       1,074,979       1,096,214  
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     23,966,191       23,961,214       23,819,463       23,811,732       23,790,497  
                                   
    Book value per common share   $ 12.05     $ 11.71     $ 11.74     $ 11.45     $ 11.29  
    Tangible book value per common share   $ 12.05     $ 11.71     $ 11.74     $ 11.45     $ 11.29  
                                             

    Contact:
    Sergio J. Vaccaro
    sergio.vaccaro@poncebank.net
    718-931-9000

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Submissions: Household living-costs price indexes: March 2025 quarter – cancelled

    Household living-costs price indexes: March 2025 quarter – cancelled

    23 April 2025

    The Household living-costs price indexes: March 2025 quarter (HLPI) has been cancelled and will not be released on 1 May 2025.  

    This is due to a range of technical data processing challenges in updating and applying the weights for the HLPIs, following the Consumers price index review: 2024.

    We are working with our customers to understand the impacts of this and to find a solution, and we will provide a further update.

    New weights from the Consumers price index review: 2024 have been successfully implemented in the selected price indexes and the CPI. However, updating and applying these to the HLPI has been much more complicated.

    Cancelling the March 2025 edition of Household living-costs price indexes does not affect the quarterly CPI. Our economic data remains reliable, fit-for-purpose, and within international best practice. 

    The HLPI is used as an input for one of the measures of child poverty statistics. A key part of our solution will be to ensure we deliver on our obligations to measure child poverty.    

    We apologise for any inconvenience this causes.  

    Ends

    For media enquiries contact: Yvette Preece, Wellington, 021 285 9191, media@stats.govt.nz

    The Government Statistician authorises all statistics and data we publish.

    If you wish to change your details or unsubscribe please email subscriptions@stats.govt.nz.

    Thank you for using the Stats NZ subscription service.

    Publishing team
    +64 4 931 4600
    publishing@stats.govt.nz

    www.stats.govt.nz

    More information is available on the Stats NZ website at www.stats.govt.nz

     Follow us on Twitter

     Like us on Facebook  


    MIL OSI

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Labour’s Hamilton, Larkhall and Stonehouse candidate silent on Starmer’s cuts

    Source: Scottish National Party

    Campaigning in the Hamilton, Larkhall and Stonehouse by-election, the SNP’s candidate Katy Loudon has called out the “deafening silence” on Labour’s broken promises by both Anas Sarwar and Labour’s by-election candidate.

    Only this week 14 Labour MSPs voted to support the latest round of Labour cuts which are expected to push 250,000 people into poverty. Not only did those Labour MSPs vote to support cuts but eight others failed to vote at all – including Anas Sarwar himself.

    So far, the Labour candidate in the Hamilton, Larkhall and Stonehouse by-election has not spoken out against Labour cuts which will harm countless families in the constituency.

    He’s also been silent on Labour’s record in government which includes:

    • Cutting £4.8 billion of disability payments to vulnerable households
    • Promising to cut energy bills by £300 but instead overseeing an increase of almost £300
    • Maintaining the two-child cap which is pushing 15,000 Scottish children into poverty
    • Scrapping the Winter Fuel Payment from 900,000 pensioners
    • Saving British Steel in Scunthorpe but treating Grangemouth as an afterthought

    Katy Loudon said that Anas Sarwar’s silence over the Labour Party’s broken promises proves that neither he, nor his party, can be trusted to do right by the people of Hamilton, Larkhall and Stonehouse.

    She described how in government, Labour has maintained the awful two child cap, taken away vital payments from pensioners and overseen soaring household bills – and all within a matter of months.

    “Astonishingly, Labour MSPs are in lockstep with their London bosses – with most of their MSPs  backing the £5 billion of Labour cuts to disability support while others, like Sarwar, avoided voting altogether”, she went on to say.

    She added: “The people of Hamilton, Larkhall and Stonehouse deserve better than a Labour candidate who will look the other way, like Anas Sarwar.

    “A fairer Scotland, free from Westminster cuts, is possible under the SNP, and I will be taking that message to doorsteps across Hamilton, Larkhall and Stonehouse.”

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: ActiveWestminster Strategy 2024–2028  | Westminster City Council

    Source: City of Westminster

    The ActiveWestminster Strategy sets out our plan to help everyone in Westminster live more active, healthy and happy lives. Physical activity can improve your health, wellbeing and quality of life – we want to make it easier for everyone to get moving. 

    This strategy runs for the next 4 years in our aim to help residents become more physically active, and supports our Fairer Westminster goals of improving health, reducing inequalities and strengthening communities. 

    Our goals

    We want to: 

    • Help more people be active every day 
    • Make it easier to get involved in sports and activities 
    • Ensure all communities can access safe, welcoming places to be active 
    • Work with partners to support healthy, active lifestyles across Westminster 

    Our focus areas

    We’re working towards a more active city through three main areas: 

    • Active Lives, supporting individuals to be active at home, school, work, and in daily life. 
    • Active Neighbourhoods, creating local spaces that make it accessible, easy and enjoyable to be active. 
    • Active City, providing good facilities, safe routes and activities for everyone. 

    Read the strategy

    Why this matters

    • Over 1 in 5 adults in Westminster are inactive. 
    • Over 1 in 3 children leave primary school overweight or obese. 
    • We want to change that by making it easier to be active, wherever you live or work.

    What’s next?

    We’ll work with local partners, services, schools, health providers and communities to: 

    • Map out what’s already available 
    • Identify gaps and opportunities 
    • Set clear actions and measure our progress 

    Get involved

    Visit the ActiveWestminster website to find activities near you, or contact us at active@westminster.gov.uk to share your ideas or get support. 

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI USA: Reps. García, Meng, Vargas, and Espaillat Oppose the Dismantling of Office Supporting English Language Learners, Call for Reversal of Decision

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Representative Jesús Chuy García (IL-04)

    WASHINGTON, D.C. — On Tuesday, U.S. Representatives Jesús “Chuy” García (IL-04), Grace Meng (NY-06), Juan Vargas (CA-52), and Adriano Espaillat (NY-13) , joined by 41 colleagues, sent a letter urging U.S. Secretary of Education Linda McMahon to immediately reverse the Department of Education’s decision to dismantle the Office of English Language Acquisition (OELA) and terminate nearly all its staff. 

    In the letter, Members denounce the Department’s March decision to merge OELA into the Office of Elementary and Secondary Education (OESE), stating it “severely undermines the Department’s ability to meet its legal and moral obligations to English Learners (ELs).

    “Dismantling OELA is an outright attack on the more than five million English Learners in our public schools,” the letter states. “These students—most of whom are U.S. citizens–deserve targeted support and resources. Gutting the very office responsible for that support is not just irresponsible—it’s indefensible.”

    OELA oversees key federal programs, including the $890 million Title II English Language Acquisition grants, and supports initiatives to recruit bilingual educators, improve instruction, and disseminate resources through the National Clearinghouse for English Language Acquisition (NCELA). The termination of OELA staff with specialized expertise, the letter argues, jeopardizes the Department’s ability to administer these programs and enforce Title III requirements. 

    The letter emphasizes that OELA is statutorily mandated to operate as a standalone office reporting directly to the Secretary. Its elimination raises serious legal questions and signals a disregard for congressional intent under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (ESEA). 

    The letter demands full transparency on the legal and equity impact of the Department’s actions, and they request a response by April 30, 2025. The letter also poses direct questions to Secretary McMahon about the Department’s plans for administering Title III grants, conducting equity analyses, and ensuring the continued prioritization of English Learners under the reorganized structure.

    “We commend Congressman García for standing up for English Learners at a time when their access to quality education is under threat,” said Janet Murguia, President and CEO, UnidosUS. “The Department’s decision to gut OELA not only undermines critical educational support, but it also violates the principles of equity and inclusion for all students. We urge the Administration to reinstate OELA as an independent office with the authority and expertise our students deserve.”

    “The hypocrisy is befuddling. Just weeks after signing an executive order mandating English as our official language, the president destroys the office dedicated to helping students learn it,” said Randi Weingarten, President of American Federation of Teachers. “President Trump might not care, but as the union representing most of the educators who teach in schools with English language learners, we are committed to the intellectual and social development of all students—and we will continue to fight for the tools and resources they need to succeed and navigate the world around them.”

    A full text of the letter is available here. 

    Co-signers of the letter include: Reps. Eleanor Holmes Norton (DC-AL), Monica McIver (NJ-10), Raja Krishnamoorthi (IL-08) Shri Thanadar (MI-13), Darren Soto (FL-09), Linda Sánchez (CA-36), Seth Magaziner (RI-02), Andrea Salinas (OR-06), Nydia Velázquez (NY-07), Salud Carabajal (CA-24), Terri Sewell (AL-07), Henry “Hank Johnson” (GA-04), Ritchie Torres (NY-15), Delia Ramirez (IL-03), Teresa Leger Fernandez (NM-03), Mike Thompson (CA-04), Norma Torres (CA-35), Luz Rivas (CA-29), Danny Davis (IL-07), Robert Garcia (CA-42), Lucy McBath (GA-06), Jennifer McClellan (VA-04), Sylvia Garcia (TX-29), Dina Titus (NV-01), Chellie Pingree (ME-01), Summer Lee (PA-13), Dwight Evans (PA-03), Judy Chu (CA-28), Ed Case (HI-01), Betty McCollum (MN-04), Sarah McBride (DE-AL), Robert Menendez (NJ-08), Janice Schakowsky (IL-09), Greg Casar (TX-35), Robin Kelly (IL-02), Bennie Thompson (MS-02), Diana DeGette (CO-01), Rashida Tlaib (MI-12), Pramila Jayapal (WA-07), Lateefah Simon (CA-12), Jared Huffman (CA-02), and Jerrold Nadler (NY-12). 

    A full list of endorsing organizations is available here. 

     

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Phillips 66 Reports First-Quarter Results

    Source: Phillips

    Reported first-quarter earnings of $487 million or $1.18 per share; adjusted loss of $368 million or $0.90 per share; including $246 million of pre-tax accelerated depreciation on Los Angeles Refinery
    Returned $716 million to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases
    Received $2.0 billion in cash proceeds from the previously announced sales of non-operated equity interests in Coop Mineraloel AG and Gulf Coast Express Pipeline LLC
    Sanctioned construction of new gas processing plant in the Permian
    Recently closed on acquisition of EPIC Y-Grade GP, LLC and EPIC Y-Grade LP

    HOUSTON–(BUSINESS WIRE)– Phillips 66 (NYSE: PSX), a leading integrated downstream energy provider, announced first-quarter earnings.
    “Our results reflect not only a challenging macro environment, but also the impact from one of our largest-ever spring turnaround programs, managed safely, on-time and under budget. Our assets, not impacted by planned maintenance, ran well,” said Mark Lashier, chairman and CEO of Phillips 66. “With the bulk of our turnarounds behind us, we are well positioned to capture stronger margins as the year unfolds.
    “The acquisition of EPIC NGL earlier this month, and today’s announcement that we are constructing a new gas plant in the Permian, furthers our integrated NGL wellhead-to-market strategy, providing stable cash flow in uncertain market environments, enabling us to consistently return over 50% of net operating cash flow to shareholders.”
    Financial Results Summary (in millions of dollars, except as indicated)

     

     

    1Q 2025

    4Q 2024

    Earnings

    $

    487

    8

    Adjusted (Loss)1

     

    (368)

    (61)

    Adjusted EBITDA1

     

    736

    1,130

    Earnings (Loss) Per Share

     

     

    Earnings Per Share – Diluted

     

    1.18

    0.01

    Adjusted (Loss) Per Share – Diluted1

     

    (0.90)

    (0.15)

    Cash Flow From Operations

     

    187

    1,198

    Cash Flow From Operations, Excluding Working Capital1

     

    259

    901

    Capital Expenditures & Investments2

     

    423

    506

    Return of Capital to Shareholders

     

    716

    1,119

    Repurchases of common stock

     

    247

    647

    Dividends paid on common stock

     

    469

    472

    Cash

     

    1,489

    1,738

    Debt

     

    18,803

    20,062

    Debt-to-capital ratio

     

    40%

    41%

    Net debt-to-capital ratio1

     

    38%

    39%

    1Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measure are included within this release.

    2Excludes net acquisitions of $58 million in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Segment Financial and Operating Highlights (in millions of dollars, except as indicated)

     

    1Q 2025

    4Q 2024

    Change

    Earnings (Loss)1

    $

    487

    8

    479

    Midstream

     

    751

    673

    78

    Chemicals

     

    113

    107

    6

    Refining

     

    (937)

    (775)

    (162)

    Marketing and Specialties

     

    1,282

    252

    1,030

    Renewable Fuels

     

    (185)

    28

    (213)

    Corporate and Other

     

    (376)

    (298)

    (78)

    Income tax (expense) benefit

     

    (122)

    38

    (160)

    Noncontrolling interests

     

    (39)

    (17)

    (22)

     

     

     

     

    Adjusted Earnings (Loss)1,2

    $

    (368)

    (61)

    (307)

    Midstream

     

    683

    708

    (25)

    Chemicals

     

    113

    72

    41

    Refining

     

    (937)

    (759)

    (178)

    Marketing and Specialties

     

    265

    185

    80

    Renewable Fuels

     

    (185)

    28

    (213)

    Corporate and Other

     

    (355)

    (294)

    (61)

    Income tax benefit

     

    78

    16

    62

    Noncontrolling interests

     

    (30)

    (17)

    (13)

     

     

     

     

    Adjusted EBITDA2

    $

    736

    1,130

    (394)

    Midstream

     

    885

    938

    (53)

    Chemicals

     

    244

    209

    35

    Refining

     

    (452)

    (298)

    (154)

    Marketing and Specialties

     

    315

    307

    8

    Renewable Fuels

     

    (162)

    50

    (212)

    Corporate and Other

     

    (94)

    (76)

    (18)

     

     

     

     

    Operating Highlights

     

     

     

    Pipeline Throughput – Y-Grade to Market (MB/D)3

     

    704

    759

    (55)

    Chemicals Global O&P Capacity Utilization

     

    100%

    98%

    2%

    Refining

     

     

     

    Turnaround Expense

     

    270

    123

    147

    Realized Margin ($/BBL)2

     

    6.81

    6.08

    0.73

    Crude Capacity Utilization

     

    80%

    94%

    (14%)

    Clean Product Yield

     

    87%

    88%

    (1%)

    Renewable Fuels Produced (MB/D)

     

    44

    42

    2

    1Segment reporting is pre-tax.

    2Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measure are included within this release.

    3Represents volumes delivered to major fractionation hubs, including Mont Belvieu, Sweeny and Conway. Includes 100% of DCP Midstream Class A Segment and Phillips 66’s direct interest in DCP Sand Hills Pipeline, LLC and DCP Southern Hills Pipeline, LLC.

    First-Quarter 2025 Financial Results
    Reported earnings were $487 million for the first quarter of 2025 versus $8 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. First-quarter earnings included pre-tax special item adjustments of $1.0 billion in the Marketing and Specialties segment, $68 million in the Midstream segment and $(21) million impacting the Corporate and Other segment. Adjusted losses for the first quarter were $368 million versus $61 million in the fourth quarter.
    Midstream first-quarter 2025 adjusted pre-tax income decreased compared with the fourth quarter mainly due to lower volumes, partially offset by higher margins primarily driven by gathering and processing results.
    Chemicals adjusted pre-tax income increased mainly due to higher volumes and lower costs.
    Refining adjusted pre-tax loss increased primarily due to lower volumes and higher costs driven by planned turnaround activity, partially offset by increased realized margins from higher market crack spreads.
    Marketing and Specialties adjusted pre-tax income increased primarily due to stronger international results.
    Renewable Fuels pre-tax results decreased primarily due to the transition from blenders tax credits to production tax credits, inventory impacts and lower international results.
    Corporate and Other adjusted pre-tax loss increased mainly due to higher net interest expense, a decrease in the fair value of the company’s investment in NOVONIX and timing of charitable contributions. The company’s first-quarter effective tax rate was 19%.
    As of March 31, 2025, the company had $1.5 billion of cash and cash equivalents and $5.4 billion of committed capacity available under credit facilities. Total debt was $18.8 billion, a reduction of $1.3 billion from the prior quarter.
    Business Highlights and Strategic Priorities Progress
    Distributed $14.3 billion to shareholders through share repurchases and dividends since July 2022.
    Recently announced a $0.05 per share quarterly dividend increase, reflecting our commitment to a secure, competitive and growing dividend.
    Advanced wellhead-to-market strategy with the announcement of the Iron Mesa gas plant, a 300 MMCF/D facility in the Permian providing gas processing services for Delaware and Midland Basin production. This plant is expected to commence operations in the first quarter of 2027.
    Completed Sweeny Refinery crude flexibility project during the first quarter turnaround, enabling approximately 40 MBD of switching capability between heavy and light crudes.
    Investor Webcast
    Members of Phillips 66 executive management will host a webcast at noon ET to provide an update on the company’s strategic initiatives and discuss the company’s first-quarter performance. To access the webcast and view related presentation materials, go to phillips66.com/investors and click on “Events & Presentations.” For detailed supplemental information, go to phillips66.com/supplemental.
    About Phillips 66
    Phillips 66 (NYSE: PSX) is a leading integrated downstream energy provider that manufactures, transports and markets products that drive the global economy. The company’s portfolio includes Midstream, Chemicals, Refining, Marketing and Specialties, and Renewable Fuels businesses. Headquartered in Houston, Phillips 66 has employees around the globe who are committed to safely and reliably providing energy and improving lives while pursuing a lower-carbon future. For more information, visit phillips66.com or follow @Phillips66Co on LinkedIn.
    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information—This news release includes the terms “adjusted earnings (loss),” “adjusted pre-tax income (loss),” “adjusted EBITDA,” “adjusted earnings (loss) per share,” “refining realized margin per barrel,” “cash from operations, excluding working capital,” and “net debt-to-capital ratio.” These are non-GAAP financial measures that are included to help facilitate comparisons of operating performance across periods, to help facilitate comparisons with other companies in our industry and to help facilitate determination of enterprise value. Where applicable, these measures exclude items that do not reflect the core operating results of our businesses in the current period or other adjustments to reflect how management analyzes results. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measure are included within this release.
    References in the release to earnings refer to net income attributable to Phillips 66.
    Basis of Presentation— Effective April 1, 2024, we changed the internal financial information reviewed by our chief executive officer to evaluate performance and allocate resources to our operating segments. This included changes in the composition of our operating segments, as well as measurement changes for certain activities between our operating segments. The primary effects of this realignment included establishment of a Renewable Fuels operating segment, which includes renewable fuels activities and assets historically reported in our Refining, Marketing and Specialties (M&S), and Midstream segments; change in method of allocating results for certain Gulf Coast distillate export activities from our M&S segment to our Refining segment; reclassification of certain crude oil and international clean products trading activities between our M&S segment and our Refining segment; and change in reporting of our investment in NOVONIX from our Midstream segment to Corporate and Other. Accordingly, prior period results have been recast for comparability.
    In the third quarter of 2024, we began presenting the line item “Capital expenditures and investments” on our consolidated statement of cash flows exclusive of acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Accordingly, prior period information has been reclassified for comparability.
    Cautionary Statement for the Purposes of the “Safe Harbor” Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995—This news release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws relating to Phillips 66’s operations, strategy and performance. Words such as “anticipated,” “estimated,” “expected,” “planned,” “scheduled,” “targeted,” “believe,” “continue,” “intend,” “will,” “would,” “objective,” “goal,” “project,” “efforts,” “strategies,” “priorities” and similar expressions that convey the prospective nature of events or outcomes generally indicate forward-looking statements. However, the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements included in this news release are based on management’s expectations, estimates and projections as of the date they are made. These statements are not guarantees of future events or performance, and you should not unduly rely on them as they involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecast in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements include: changes in governmental policies relating to NGL, crude oil, natural gas, refined petroleum or renewable fuels products pricing, regulation or taxation, including exports; our ability to timely obtain or maintain permits, including those necessary for capital projects; fluctuations in NGL, crude oil, refined petroleum products, renewable fuels, renewable feedstocks and natural gas prices, and refined product, marketing and petrochemical margins; the effects of any widespread public health crisis and its negative impact on commercial activity and demand for our products; changes to government policies relating to renewable fuels and greenhouse gas emissions that adversely affect programs including the renewable fuel standards program, low carbon fuel standards and tax credits for biofuels; liability resulting from pending or future litigation or other legal proceedings; liability for remedial actions, including removal and reclamation obligations under environmental regulations; unexpected changes in costs or technical requirements for constructing, modifying or operating our facilities or transporting our products; our ability to successfully complete, or any material delay in the completion of, any asset disposition, acquisition, shutdown or conversion that we may pursue, including receipt of any necessary regulatory approvals or permits related thereto; unexpected technological or commercial difficulties in manufacturing, refining or transporting our products, including chemical products; the level and success of producers’ drilling plans and the amount and quality of production volumes around our midstream assets; risks and uncertainties with respect to the actions of actual or potential competitive suppliers and transporters of refined petroleum products, renewable fuels or specialty products; changes in the cost or availability of adequate and reliable transportation for our NGL, crude oil, natural gas and refined petroleum and renewable fuels products; failure to complete definitive agreements and feasibility studies for, and to complete construction of, announced and future capital projects on time or within budget; our ability to comply with governmental regulations or make capital expenditures to maintain compliance; limited access to capital or significantly higher cost of capital related to our credit profile or illiquidity or uncertainty in the domestic or international financial markets; damage to our facilities due to accidents, weather and climate events, civil unrest, insurrections, political events, terrorism or cyberattacks; domestic and international economic and political developments including armed hostilities, such as the war in Eastern Europe, instability in the financial services and banking sector, excess inflation, expropriation of assets and changes in fiscal policy, including interest rates; international monetary conditions and exchange controls; changes in estimates or projections used to assess fair value of intangible assets, goodwill and properties, plants and equipment and/or strategic decisions or other developments with respect to our asset portfolio that cause impairment charges; substantial investments required, or reduced demand for products, as a result of existing or future environmental rules and regulations, including greenhouse gas emissions reductions and reduced consumer demand for refined petroleum products; changes in tax, environmental and other laws and regulations (including alternative energy mandates) applicable to our business; political and societal concerns about climate change that could result in changes to our business or increase expenditures, including litigation-related expenses; the operation, financing and distribution decisions of our joint ventures that we do not control; the potential impact of activist shareholder actions or tactics; and other economic, business, competitive and/or regulatory factors affecting Phillips 66’s businesses generally as set forth in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Phillips 66 is under no obligation (and expressly disclaims any such obligation) to update or alter its forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    Earnings (Loss)

     

     

     

     

     

    Millions of Dollars

     

    2025

     

    2024

     

    1Q

     

    4Q

    1Q

    Midstream

    $

    751

     

     

    673

     

    554

     

    Chemicals

     

    113

     

     

    107

     

    205

     

    Refining

     

    (937

    )

     

    (775

    )

    216

     

    Marketing and Specialties

     

    1,282

     

     

    252

     

    366

     

    Renewable Fuels

     

    (185

    )

     

    28

     

    (55

    )

    Corporate and Other

     

    (376

    )

     

    (298

    )

    (322

    )

    Pre-Tax Income (Loss)

     

    648

     

     

    (13

    )

    964

     

    Less: Income tax expense (benefit)

     

    122

     

     

    (38

    )

    203

     

    Less: Noncontrolling interests

     

    39

     

     

    17

     

    13

     

    Phillips 66

    $

    487

     

     

    8

     

    748

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Adjusted Earnings (Loss)

     

     

     

     

     

    Millions of Dollars

     

    2025

     

    2024

     

    1Q

     

    4Q

    1Q

    Midstream

    $

    683

     

     

    708

     

    613

     

    Chemicals

     

    113

     

     

    72

     

    205

     

    Refining

     

    (937

    )

     

    (759

    )

    313

     

    Marketing and Specialties

     

    265

     

     

    185

     

    307

     

    Renewable Fuels

     

    (185

    )

     

    28

     

    (55

    )

    Corporate and Other

     

    (355

    )

     

    (294

    )

    (322

    )

    Pre-Tax Income (Loss)

     

    (416

    )

     

    (60

    )

    1,061

     

    Less: Income tax expense (benefit)

     

    (78

    )

     

    (16

    )

    226

     

    Less: Noncontrolling interests

     

    30

     

     

    17

     

    13

     

    Phillips 66

    $

    (368

    )

     

    (61

    )

    822

     

     

    Millions of Dollars

     

    Except as Indicated

     

    2025

     

    2024

     

    1Q

     

    4Q

    1Q

    Reconciliation of Consolidated Earnings to Adjusted Earnings (Loss)

     

     

     

     

    Consolidated Earnings

    $

    487

     

     

    8

     

    748

     

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    Certain tax impacts

     

     

     

    (9

    )

     

    Impairments

     

    21

     

     

    35

     

    163

     

    Net gain on asset dispositions1

     

    (1,085

    )

     

    (67

    )

     

    Winter-storm-related costs (recovery)

     

     

     

    (35

    )

     

    Los Angeles Refinery cessation costs

     

     

     

    7

     

     

    Legal accrual

     

     

     

    22

     

     

    Legal settlement

     

     

     

     

    (66

    )

    Tax impact of adjustments2

     

    200

     

     

    9

     

    (23

    )

    Other tax impacts

     

     

     

    (31

    )

     

    Noncontrolling interests

     

    9

     

     

     

     

    Adjusted earnings (loss)

    $

    (368

    )

     

    (61

    )

    822

     

    Earnings per share of common stock (dollars)

    $

    1.18

     

     

    0.01

     

    1.73

     

    Adjusted earnings (loss) per share of common stock (dollars)3

    $

    (0.90

    )

     

    (0.15

    )

    1.90

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Reconciliation of Segment Pre-Tax Income (Loss) to Adjusted Pre-Tax Income (Loss)

     

     

     

     

    Midstream Pre-Tax Income

    $

    751

     

     

    673

     

    554

     

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    Impairments

     

     

     

    35

     

    59

     

    Net gain on asset disposition1

     

    (68

    )

     

     

     

    Adjusted pre-tax income

    $

    683

     

     

    708

     

    613

     

    Chemicals Pre-Tax Income

    $

    113

     

     

    107

     

    205

     

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    Winter-storm-related costs (recovery)

     

     

     

    (35

    )

     

    Adjusted pre-tax income

    $

    113

     

     

    72

     

    205

     

    Refining Pre-Tax Income (Loss)

    $

    (937

    )

     

    (775

    )

    216

     

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    Impairments

     

     

     

     

    104

     

    Los Angeles Refinery cessation costs

     

     

     

    3

     

     

    Certain tax impacts

     

     

     

    (9

    )

     

    Net loss on asset disposition

     

     

     

     

     

    Legal accrual

     

     

     

    22

     

     

    Legal settlement

     

     

     

     

    (7

    )

    Adjusted pre-tax income (loss)

    $

    (937

    )

     

    (759

    )

    313

     

    Marketing and Specialties Pre-Tax Income (Loss)

    $

    1,282

     

     

    252

     

    366

     

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    Net gain on asset disposition1

     

    (1,017

    )

     

    (67

    )

     

    Legal settlement

     

     

     

     

    (59

    )

    Adjusted pre-tax income

    $

    265

     

     

    185

     

    307

     

    Renewable Fuels Pre-Tax Income (Loss)

    $

    (185

    )

     

    28

     

    (55

    )

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    None

     

     

     

     

     

    Adjusted pre-tax income (loss)

    $

    (185

    )

     

    28

     

    (55

    )

    Corporate and Other Pre-Tax Loss

    $

    (376

    )

     

    (298

    )

    (322

    )

    Pre-tax adjustments:

     

     

     

     

    Impairments

     

    21

     

     

     

     

    Los Angeles Refinery cessation costs

     

     

     

    4

     

     

    Adjusted pre-tax loss

    $

    (355

    )

     

    (294

    )

    (322

    )

     

     

     

     

     

    1 Gain on disposition of our 49% non-operated equity interest in Coop Mineraloel AG in 1Q 2025. In connection with this sale, a before-tax unrealized gain was recognized from a foreign currency derivative in 4Q 2024. These were reported in the Marketing and Specialties segment. There was also a gain on the disposition of DCP  Midstream, LP’s 25% interest in Gulf Coast Express Pipeline LLC, recognized in our Midstream segment.

    2We generally tax effect taxable U.S.-based special items using a combined federal and state annual statutory income tax rate of approximately 24%. Taxable special items attributable to foreign locations likewise generally use a local statutory income tax rate. Nontaxable events reflect zero income tax. These events include, but are not limited to, most goodwill impairments, transactions legislatively exempt from income tax, transactions related to entities for which we have made an assertion that the undistributed earnings are permanently reinvested, or transactions occurring in jurisdictions with a valuation allowance.

    31Q 2025, 4Q 2024 and 1Q 2024 are based on adjusted weighted-average diluted shares of 409,182 thousand, 411,687 thousand and 432,158 thousand respectively. Income allocated to participating securities, if applicable, in the adjusted earnings per share calculation is the same as that used in the GAAP diluted earnings per share calculation.

     

    Millions of Dollars

     

    Except as Indicated

     

    2025

    2024

     

    1Q

    4Q

    Reconciliation of Consolidated Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA

     

     

    Net Income

    $

    526

     

    25

     

    Plus:

     

     

    Income tax expense

     

    122

     

    (38

    )

    Net interest expense

     

    187

     

    168

     

    Depreciation and amortization

     

    791

     

    819

     

    Phillips 66 EBITDA

    $

    1,626

     

    974

     

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Certain tax impacts

     

     

    (9

    )

    Impairments

     

    21

     

    35

     

    Winter-storm-related costs (recovery)

     

     

    (35

    )

    Net gain on asset disposition

     

    (1,085

    )

    (67

    )

    Los Angeles Refinery cessation costs

     

     

    7

     

    Legal accrual

     

     

    22

     

    Total Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax)

     

    (1,064

    )

    (47

    )

    Change in Fair Value of NOVONIX Investment

     

    15

     

    1

     

    Phillips 66 EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items and Change in Fair Value of NOVONIX Investment

    $

    577

     

    928

     

    Other Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates income taxes

     

    18

     

    17

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates net interest

     

    14

     

    14

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates depreciation and amortization

     

    187

     

    209

     

    Adjusted EBITDA attributable to noncontrolling interests

     

    (60

    )

    (38

    )

    Phillips 66 Adjusted EBITDA

    $

    736

     

    1,130

     

     

     

     

    Reconciliation of Segment Income before Income Taxes to Adjusted EBITDA

     

     

    Midstream Income before income taxes

    $

    751

     

    673

     

    Plus:

     

     

    Depreciation and amortization

     

    233

     

    234

     

    Midstream EBITDA

    $

    984

     

    907

     

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Net gain on asset disposition

     

    (68

    )

     

    Impairments

     

     

    35

     

    Midstream EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items

    $

    916

     

    942

     

    Other Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates income taxes

     

    3

     

    3

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates net interest

     

    3

     

    3

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates depreciation and amortization

     

    23

     

    28

     

    Adjusted EBITDA attributable to noncontrolling interests

     

    (60

    )

    (38

    )

    Midstream Adjusted EBITDA

    $

    885

     

    938

     

    Chemicals Income before income taxes

    $

    113

     

    107

     

    Plus:

     

     

    None

     

     

     

    Chemicals EBITDA

    $

    113

     

    107

     

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Winter-storm-related costs (recovery)

     

     

    (35

    )

    Chemicals EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items

    $

    113

     

    72

     

    Other Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates income taxes

     

    13

     

    11

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates net interest

     

    (1

    )

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates depreciation and amortization

     

    119

     

    126

     

    Chemicals Adjusted EBITDA

    $

    244

     

    209

     

    Refining Loss before income taxes

    $

    (937

    )

    (775

    )

    Plus:

     

     

    Depreciation and amortization

     

    456

     

    435

     

    Refining EBITDA

    $

    (481

    )

    (340

    )

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Certain tax impacts

     

     

    (9

    )

    Los Angeles Refinery cessation costs

     

     

    3

     

    Legal accrual

     

     

    22

     

    Refining EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items

    $

    (481

    )

    (324

    )

    Other Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates income taxes

     

     

    (1

    )

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates net interest

     

    2

     

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates depreciation and amortization

     

    27

     

    27

     

    Refining Adjusted EBITDA

    $

    (452

    )

    (298

    )

    Marketing and Specialties Income before income taxes

    $

    1,282

     

    252

     

    Plus:

     

     

    Depreciation and amortization

     

    20

     

    79

     

    Marketing and Specialties EBITDA

    $

    1,302

     

    331

     

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Net gain on asset disposition

     

    (1,017

    )

    (67

    )

    Marketing and Specialties EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items

    $

    285

     

    264

     

    Other Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates income taxes

     

    2

     

    4

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates net interest

     

    10

     

    11

     

    Proportional share of selected equity affiliates depreciation and amortization

     

    18

     

    28

     

    Marketing and Specialties Adjusted EBITDA

    $

    315

     

    307

     

    Renewable Fuels Income (loss) before income taxes

    $

    (185

    )

    28

     

    Plus:

     

     

    Depreciation and amortization

     

    23

     

    22

     

    Renewable Fuels EBITDA

    $

    (162

    )

    50

     

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    None

     

     

     

    Renewable Fuels EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items

    $

    (162

    )

    50

     

    Corporate and Other Loss before income taxes

    $

    (376

    )

    (298

    )

    Plus:

     

     

    Net interest expense

     

    187

     

    168

     

    Depreciation and amortization

     

    59

     

    49

     

    Corporate and Other EBITDA

    $

    (130

    )

    (81

    )

    Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax):

     

     

    Impairments

     

    21

     

     

    Los Angeles Refinery cessation costs

     

     

    4

     

    Total Special Item Adjustments (pre-tax)

     

    21

     

    4

     

    Change in Fair Value of NOVONIX Investment

     

    15

     

    1

     

    Corporate EBITDA, Adjusted for Special Items and Change in Fair Value of NOVONIX Investment

    $

    (94

    )

    (76

    )

     

    Millions of Dollars
    Except as Indicated

     

    Mar. 31, 2025

    Dec. 31, 2024

    Debt-to-Capital Ratio

     

     

    Total Debt

    $

    18,803

     

    $

    20,062

     

    Total Equity

     

    28,353

     

     

    28,463

     

    Debt-to-Capital Ratio

     

    40

    %

     

    41

    %

    Total Cash

     

    1,489

     

     

    1,738

     

    Net Debt-to-Capital Ratio

     

    38

    %

     

    39

    %

     

    Millions of Dollars

     

    Except as Indicated

     

    2025

    2024

     

    1Q

    4Q

    Reconciliation of Refining Loss Before Income Taxes to Realized Refining Margins

     

     

    Loss before income taxes

    $

    (937

    )

    (775

    )

    Plus:

     

     

    Taxes other than income taxes

     

    110

     

    92

     

    Depreciation, amortization and impairments

     

    456

     

    436

     

    Selling, general and administrative expenses

     

    46

     

    60

     

    Operating expenses

     

    1,074

     

    968

     

    Equity in earnings of affiliates

     

    105

     

    79

     

    Other segment expense, net

     

    (5

    )

    58

     

    Proportional share of refining gross margins contributed by equity affiliates

     

    141

     

    132

     

    Special items:

     

     

    Certain tax impacts

     

     

    (9

    )

    Realized refining margins

    $

    990

     

    1,041

     

    Total processed inputs (thousands of barrels)

     

    124,453

     

    147,880

     

    Adjusted total processed inputs (thousands of barrels)*

     

    145,559

     

    171,031

     

    Loss before income taxes (dollars per barrel)**

    $

    (7.53

    )

    (5.24

    )

    Realized refining margins (dollars per barrel)***

    $

    6.81

     

    6.08

     

    *Adjusted total processed inputs include our proportional share of processed inputs of an equity affiliate.

    **Income before income taxes divided by total processed inputs.

    ***Realized refining margins per barrel, as presented, are calculated using the underlying realized refining margin amounts, in dollars, divided by adjusted total processed inputs, in barrels. As such, recalculated per barrel amounts using the rounded margins and barrels presented may differ from the presented per barrel amounts.

    Source: Phillips 66

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Wouldn’t it be nice if York had less congestion?

    Source: City of York

    City of York Council has today unveiled a new video starring eight York residents, business owners and students and poses a question – wouldn’t it be nice to have less congestion in York?

    The video opens with each person telling us about their experiences of transport in York, before going on to explain what the Council is doing about these issues.

    The first of two films to communicate the new Local Transport Strategy (LTS), which was adopted in 2024, this video highlights findings from the public consultation on the LTS. It also shows how this year alone £10m of nationally allocated, ringfenced funding is being invested in resurfacing pavements, roads and pathways; lighting; real-time bus information; a barrier removal programme, and delivering on our adopted Local Cycling and Walking Infrastructure Plan (LCWIP).

    The video will be followed in the coming weeks by a public consultation on improvements to the Park and Ride sites including accessible EV charging bays, new toilets (including Changing Spaces facilities), overnight parking facilities, plus better signage, lighting and integrated transport options.

    Councillor Kate Ravilious, Executive Member for Transport at City of York Council, said:

    Not only does this video show the wonderful diversity of people and transport options we have across York, but the very real impacts that transport has on all our lives, and the reasons why we are working hard to improve options for how people move around.

    “I hope all residents can see a little of themselves across the eight stories, and I’m looking forward to unveiling some of our new plans as well as updating everyone on all the great work our teams are doing to make York a healthier, more sustainable and better-connected city.

    “I’d like to thank the eight residents and businesses, as well as the venues used for filming, plus the highways and transport teams who helped coordinate all the elements of filming.”

    The eight residents represent the following issues, and how we are resolving them:

    • A woman bus driver who asks “Wouldn’t it be nice to have less traffic in York?” – our on-going work to make buses more accessible, promote bus use and lower the cost of bus travel for young people has already helped to reduce the number of cars on the road, freeing up road space for those whose journeys are essential.
    • A university student who uses a wheelchair and whose route is blocked by steel barriers – our barrier removal programme will begin in Spring and make dozens of pathways accessible again.
    • An older woman who isn’t online so can’t check bus times before she leaves the house – our bus team have improved over 200 elements at bus stops, including real time information screens, better shelters, lighting and seating.
    • A college student who doesn’t have buses running to their village – we work with each of the six bus operators in York to help subsidise existing services, and continue to work with the Mayor of York and North Yorkshire to ensure financial support for bus services offers better travel options for residents and businesses.
    • A woman runner who has to choose different routes depending on lighting and personal safety considerations – our lighting teams have been installing new LED lights across the city, and will deliver future improvements at the Jubilee Terrace to Scarborough Bridge Riverside Path (where the runner was filmed).
    • A woman who uses an adapted cycle and would like to explore more of York – our LCWIP will help us create a more joined up and accessible cycle network, as well as increasing the number of accessible cycle parking spaces in the city centre. To further improve access for disabled residents, we have been increasing the number of Blue Badge holder bays across York.
    • A business owner who explains the issues his delivery drivers face, with congestion causing problems for businesses. By encouraging more people to use public transport and travel by wheeling and walking, we aim to reduce the level of congestion in the city and miles travelled by vehicles by 20% by 2030.
    • And a young person who just loves riding their cycle but faces a lot of traffic. By encouraging more people to leave the car at home where they can, we are creating better environments for people of all ages.

    The video is available on YouTube:

    Notes to editors:

    Filming took place in Fulford, Naburn and Acomb, as well as on Nunnery Lane, Walmgate Stray, Millennium Bridge, Blossom St, The Mount and Riverside Path and at York College and at Middleton’s Hotel.

    In addition to the people featured in the film and the lining, lighting, road maintenance, communities teams within CYC, our thanks go to York College, Transdev, Get Cycling CIC, Middleton’s Hotel and to York based videographer, Paul Richardson.

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: In Dialogue with Turkmenistan, Experts of the Committee against Torture Commend Turkmenistan on Installing Cameras in Places of Detention, Ask about Measures to Prevent Torture in Prisons and the Treatment of Homosexual Persons

    Source: United Nations – Geneva

    The Committee against Torture today concluded its consideration of the eighth periodic report of Turkmenistan, with Committee Experts commending the State for installing cameras in places of detention, while raising questions about measures taken to prevent torture in prisons and the treatment of homosexual persons.

    Liu Huawen, Committee Expert and Country Co-Rapporteur, welcomed that Turkmenistan said it placed high value on human beings, protecting their liberty and fundamental freedoms, and that it had adopted national action plans for protecting human rights, gender equality and children’s rights, and implemented measures to prevent child labour.  It was also commendable that video cameras had been installed in places of detention. Mr. Liu asked questions relating to the operation of these cameras.

    Todd Buchwald, Committee Expert and Country Co-Rapporteur, asked what measures were in place to ensure that legal safeguards against torture were implemented in practice?  Did the State’s laws ensure that medical examinations were independent and conducted within 24 hours of admission into detention centres?  Did all detained persons have the right to challenge their detention? Were all detentions recorded in registers and were there limitations on access to registers?  What measures were in place to ensure that detained persons were informed about the reasons for their arrest promptly in a language they understood both orally and in writing? 

    Mr. Liu said homosexuality remained criminalised in the State party, with up to two years in prison for consensual same sex relations.  Were there any investigations or prosecutions for consensual same sex conduct?  United Nations treaty bodies had repeatedly recommended that the State party repeal this legislation; had any action been taken to implement these recommendations? There had been reports that people who spoke out about issues relating to homosexuality were at risk of being arrested and tortured and that homosexual prisoners were subject to humiliating anal examinations.  Could the delegation comment on these reports?  What measures would be taken to guarantee the rights of lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender persons? 

    The delegation said Turkmenistan took measures to prevent acts of torture and harsh treatment across its territory.  Over the reporting period, it had invested around 14 million United States dollars in construction and repair work for prisons, medical equipment, and training for staff.  In 2023, the number of convicts fell by 4.5 per cent compared to the previous year, and by a further three per cent in 2024, facilitated by measures taken to provide alternatives to custodial sentences, including parole and commuted sentences.  The occupancy rate in the State’s prisons was 83 per cent.  Food, medical and hygiene supplies were provided to inmates to ensure their health at the cost of the State. 

    The delegation said the State recognised human rights but there were certain specific aspects on which they would follow their own line.  Regarding the allegations of torture and ill-treatment against homosexuals, there had been no such allegations recorded.  If specific details could be provided, more specific information could be provided. 

    Introducing the report, Vepa Hajiyev, Permanent Representative of Turkmenistan to the United Nations Office at Geneva and head of the delegation, said a new edition of the Criminal Code, which entered into force in January 2023, included a definition of torture that was fully aligned with article 1 of the Convention.  The Code established criminal liability for acts of torture and explicitly excluded any justification for such acts, including references to orders, exceptional circumstances, or threats to security. Turkmenistan had established the absolute prohibition of torture, as required by international law.

    In closing remarks, Claude Heller, Committee Chair, said the Committee would highlight several priority recommendations within the concluding observations.  The Committee hoped to continue an open, ongoing dialogue with the State party.   

    In his concluding remarks, Mr. Hajiyev expressed gratitude to the Committee for having the opportunity to present the report. Thanks to the open dialogue over the last two days, members of the delegation had identified priority areas to focus on.  There was a need to review the State’s legislation to ensure it was fully aligned with the main provisions of the Convention. 

    The delegation of Turkmenistan consisted of representatives from the Supreme Court; Prosecutor General’s Office; Ministry of Internal Affairs; Ministry of Justice; Institute of State, Law and Democracy of Turkmenistan; and the Permanent Mission of Turkmenistan to the United Nations Office at Geneva.

    The Committee will issue concluding observations on the report of Turkmenistan at the end of its eighty-second session on 2 May.  Those, and other documents relating to the Committee’s work, including reports submitted by States parties, will be available on the session’s webpage.  Summaries of the public meetings of the Committee can be found here, and webcasts of the public meetings can be found here.

    The Committee will next meet in public on Friday, 25 April at 3 p.m. to continue its consideration of the seventh periodic report of Ukraine (CAT/C/UKR/7).

    Report

    The Committee has before it the third periodic report of Turkmenistan (CAT/C/TKM/3).

    Presentation of Report

    VEPA HAJIYEV, Permanent Representative of Turkmenistan to the United Nations Office at Geneva and head of the delegation, said that following the review of Turkmenistan’s second periodic report by the Committee, the State party had developed an action plan for the implementation of the Committee’s recommendations.  Some 50 subparagraphs of the Committee’s concluding observations had been fully or partially implemented; and 16 were currently being implemented.

    State, law enforcement, and civil society institutions were carrying out practical efforts to prevent conditions that could lead to cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment or punishment.  The State was implementing national action plans on human rights, gender equality and children’s rights, and against corruption and trafficking, which had specific goals and objectives and indicators for evaluating the results attained.

    A new edition of the Criminal Code, which entered into force in January 2023, included a definition of torture that was fully aligned with article 1 of the Convention.  The Code established criminal liability for acts of torture and explicitly excluded any justification for such acts, including references to orders, exceptional circumstances, or threats to security. Turkmenistan had established the absolute prohibition of torture, as required by international law.

    In recent years, Turkmenistan had been implementing measures to strengthen the institutional capacity of the Ombudsman.  In 2024, new departments were created within the Ombudsman’s Office and the number of staff increased.  Amendments made in 2024 to the law on the Ombudsman enhanced the Ombudsman’s ability to restore violated rights and broadened the scope for applying preventive measures.  The Ombudsman’s Office continued to closely cooperate with international organizations to bring its mandate fully in line with the Paris Principles and was developing a roadmap for upgrading its status to category “A”.

    Turkmenistan had undertaken a comprehensive set of reforms aimed at improving the judicial system and enhancing the quality of justice.  The State Concept for the Development of the Judicial System for 2022-2028 aimed to improve the legislative framework governing the functioning of the courts, the qualifications of judicial system personnel, and the material and technical infrastructure of the courts, as well as expand international legal cooperation.  In April 2025, a new edition of the law on the judiciary was adopted, which incorporated key international standards related to the independence and competence of judges, as well as measures aimed at enhancing the efficiency of the courts.

    To modernise and standardise the process of professional development for judges and judicial staff, a new procedure for organising and conducting relevant training activities was approved in 2023.  Turkmenistan was also implementing a phased digitalisation of its judiciary to enhance transparency, facilitating video and audio recording of court proceedings and digital access to judicial information and services.  Between 2020 and 2025, lawyers provided legal assistance in 530 cases of detention where unlawful actions falling under the scope of the Convention were identified.

    In line with the Committee’s concluding observations, internal regulations governing conditions of detention had been introduced.  These rules covered living conditions, medical care, and the rights to phone calls, visits, walks, and to receive parcels.  Particular attention was paid to medical supervision and the documentation of physical injuries.  Every individual admitted to a penitentiary facility underwent a mandatory medical examination.  Any injuries discovered were documented, and in cases where violence was suspected, an additional investigation was carried out. 

    Between 2020 and 2023, large-scale reconstruction and capital repairs were carried out in 12 penitentiary institutions.  These efforts aimed to bring detention conditions in line with the Mandela Rules. Monitoring visits by the Ombudsman and Public Monitoring Commissions were regularly organised – a total of 20 visits to places of detention were conducted in 2023-2024 alone.

    Criminal procedural legislation explicitly prohibited the use of evidence obtained through torture, threats, deception, or cruel treatment.  All institutions under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Internal Affairs had implemented the practice of video recording interrogations to ensure transparency and help prevent potential abuses.

    The Criminal Code provided for liability for violent acts within the household.  A national survey was conducted in cooperation with the United Nations Population Fund on domestic violence against women, and based on its findings, a roadmap for the prevention of domestic violence for 2022–2025 was developed.  The State aimed to introduce clear definitions, establish penalties, and create comprehensive protection mechanisms for vulnerable groups, including conducting awareness-raising campaigns.  Human rights education and the prevention of torture were integral components of the training of law enforcement personnel.

    A cooperation plan between the Government and the International Committee of the Red Cross Representation for 2025 had been approved, which included seminars and lectures on international standards of law enforcement for relevant agency personnel, and awareness-raising initiatives on international norms related to the treatment of persons deprived of liberty and to penitentiary standards. Discussions were ongoing on the possible organization of visits to places of detention by the International Committee of the Red Cross.  Direct contact had also been established since 2024 with Human Rights Watch and other human rights organizations.

    Questions by Committee Experts

    TODD BUCHWALD, Committee Expert and Country Co-Rapporteur, said there were reports of numerous enforced disappearances in Turkmenistan, the victims of which remained behind bars without access to family members.  There were 162 reports of such disappearances by the Prove-They-Are-Alive campaign, including 29 persons who had died in custody. There were also reports of cruel treatment of detainees, lack of independence of the judiciary, harassment of journalists and human rights defenders, and a culture of impunity. Did the State have sufficient mechanisms to identify torture and ill-treatment?  What had the State party done to investigate the 162 reported cases of enforced disappearance?

    What measures were in place to ensure that legal safeguards against torture were implemented in practice? Did the State’s laws ensure that medical examinations were independent and conducted within 24 hours of admission into detention centres?  Did all detained persons have the right to challenge their detention?  Were all detentions recorded in registers and were there limitations on access to registers?  What measures were in place to ensure that detained persons were informed about the reasons for their arrest promptly in a language they understood both orally and in writing? 

    In which circumstances did the right to free legal assistance for accused persons apply?  There were cases in which accused persons had reportedly struggled to obtain legal representation.  How did the State ensure that lawyers were not dissuaded from representing clients seen as controversial, and that lawyers were well-trained and independent?  There were reports of closed trials; what legal rules governed such trials?  Was the right to immediately inform family members of detention provided in law and in practice?  Were officers that failed to provide these safeguards punished? How many complaints had been received related to the lack of provision of safeguards and what investigations had been carried out in response?

    Turkmenistan remained largely closed to international scrutiny.  It had issued a standing invitation to special procedures in 2018 but had not accepted all but one of the 15 requests for visits received since, and the one visit that was accepted had not yet been carried out.  How would the State party improve cooperation with special procedures? Did the International Committee of the Red Cross have access to places of deprivation of liberty?  How many meetings between representatives of international organizations and detained persons had been held in the last three years, and how were such persons protected from reprisals?

    What was the Government doing to ratify the Optional Protocol and to accept the Committee’s jurisdiction to receive individual communications?  What awareness raising campaigns was the State party carrying out regarding the Committee’s concluding observations?  Were translated versions of the concluding observations published online?  The State had not provided data in response to several of the questions posed by the Committee in the list of issues.  What measures were in place to develop the State’s capacities in data collection?

    There were concerns that the Ombudsman’s Office lacked independence and had not taken steps to address torture and ill-treatment.  Its reports failed to adequately address human rights violations, and it had not submitted a report to the Committee before the dialogue.  What was the State party doing to strengthen the mandate of the Ombudsman’s Office to investigate human rights violations?  The Office had no mandate to conduct visits to places of detention; would such a mandate be established?  Did the Ombudsman require prior permission to conduct such visits? 

    Complaints from individuals could only be considered by the Ombudsman within one year, eliminating the possibility of investigating historical crimes.  Would this rule be eliminated?  What measures were in place to ensure that complaints submitted to the Ombudsman were kept confidential?  There had been few appeals to the Ombudsman’s Office by persons deprived of liberty; why was this?  Had the Office recommended ratifying international human rights treaties and facilitating visits by special procedures?  How many times had the Ombudsman concluded that there had been a human rights violation and what actions were taken in response?

    Turkmenistan had not granted asylum to any person since 2005.  How was the State party strengthening its asylum procedures?  Did it cooperate with the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees?  Persons unable to document their lack of nationality were denied statelessness status. Was the State party working to address this issue?

    Mr. Buchwald cited reports of prison staff torturing prisoners, including by beating a man to death with a soldering iron, denying an ill prisoner medical treatment, and torturing a man with an electric current.  How did the State party prevent torture in detention and investigate all reported cases? There were also reports of forcible transfers of critics of the State living abroad to Turkmenistan, where they were subjected to abuse and enforced disappearance, and of travel bans imposed on activists who opposed the Government.  How would the State party guarantee activists’ safety and right to travel?

    LIU HUAWEN, Committee Expert and Country Co-Rapporteur, welcomed that the State said it placed high value on human beings, protecting their liberty and fundamental freedoms, and that it had adopted national action plans for protecting human rights, gender equality and children’s rights, and implemented measures to prevent child labour. 

    The Committee also welcomed the training activities carried out for the police.  However, there was no mechanism for assessing the effectiveness of this training.  Was training mandatory and how many personnel had participated?  It was commendable that annual training was provided for judges of the Supreme Court.  What training was provided for judicial personnel in other courts and medical personnel involved in the treatment of detainees?  Did such training address the revised Istanbul Protocol? 

    The Committee was concerned by the absence of guidelines on the prohibition of torture in the healthcare sector?  Would such guidelines be developed?  Were there ongoing training programmes on the prohibition of torture for police officers and prison staff?  Were international personnel involved in the design and presentation of this training?

    It was commendable that video cameras had been installed in places of detention.  What percentage of places of deprivation of liberty had been equipped? Were all interrogations recorded? Were there consequences for failing to record interrogations?  Were there limitations on access to recordings by detained persons and their lawyers?

    How many persons were detained in Turkmenistan’s prisons and for what period of time?  What efforts were underway to expand alternatives to detention? There were reports that prisons held nearly three times their capacity, and that Turkmenistan had the fourth highest incarceration rate globally.  What steps had been taken to reduce occupancy rates?

    There were reports of failures to provide timely medical examinations and delays in isolating prisoners with tuberculosis, which increased the risk of spread of the disease.  Prisoners reportedly needed to pay for medications that should be provided for free.  Some detainees went months without being provided access to leisure facilities within prisons.  Could the delegation comment on these issues?

    Persons could reportedly be placed in solitary confinement for up to three months, left in total darkness with a lack of access to water or basic hygiene.  How was the use of solitary confinement documented and regulated? Had measures been taken to gradually end the use of prolonged solitary confinement, which was reportedly used as a tool of repression against political prisoners?  What rules governed visitation rights and phone calls for persons in solitary confinement?

    How did the State party ensure that meetings between lawyers and remand prisoners were private?  Were there provisions prohibiting the interrogation of suspects before lawyers were present?  Could refusals to give testimony be used against detainees in court?

    The Committee called for data on inter-prisoner violence and deaths in custody, and investigations into such cases. How did the State party ensure that family members could request independent autopsies of deaths in custody and that victims of violence in prisons could report the incident? Police officers had the right to use physical force to protect the rights and freedoms of citizens and prevent “socially dangerous acts” under State law.  This law seemed exceedingly broad.  Did it apply to the use of firearms?  Were there more specific rules governing the use of force?  What investigations had been carried out into excessive use of force by the police and what were their outcomes?

    There were reports that patients in psychiatric facilities were abused by staff.  What measures were in place to improve complaints mechanisms in such facilities?  How did the State party oversee involuntary hospitalisations?  In how many cases had restraints been used in psychiatric facilities, and what types of restraints were used?

    How did the State party ensure that appropriate support services were provided to victims of torture?  What measures were in place to provide redress, compensation and rehabilitation to victims?

    The Committee welcomed the criminalisation of corporal punishment in all settings and measures taken to protect children from violence, including the appointment of inspectors specialising in violence against children.  How many cases had they investigated?  The Committee also welcomed the establishment of juvenile courts.  How many cases had they assessed?  What measures were in place to prevent the detention of juveniles?

    Gender-based violence had not been established as a separate crime in the Criminal Code, though there were many cases of gender-based violence in the State.  Had the roadmap developed to prevent gender-based violence been published online?  What progress had been made in implementing it?  What were the obstacles to adopting a law on gender-based violence?  How did the State party evaluate its awareness raising activities on gender-based violence?  Were victims support services in place?  How many shelters for victims and hotlines for reporting violence had been established? 

    High school girls were reportedly subjected to forced virginity tests, and information on girls found to have had sexual relations was reportedly passed to police.  How did the State party prevent this practice?

    Other Committee Experts asked questions on the national action plan on countering terrorism and the international organizations the State party partnered with to implement the plan; how legal safeguards were ensured for persons suspected of terrorism; the number of convictions imposed under anti-terrorism legislation; reforms adopted to align the legislative framework on terrorism with the State’s international obligations; the number of juveniles, particularly girls, currently in detention and the conditions in which they were held; measures to prevent overcrowding and ensure access to healthcare in prisons; and complaints and monitoring mechanisms in place for juvenile detention.

    Responses by the Delegation

    The delegation said Turkmenistan took measures to prevent acts of torture and harsh treatment across its territory.  Over the reporting period, it had invested around 14 million United States dollars in construction and repair work for prisons, bought medical equipment, and ensured training for staff.  In 2023, the number of convicts fell by four and a half per cent compared to the previous year, and by a further three per cent in 2024, facilitated by measures taken to provide alternatives to custodial sentences, including parole and commuted sentences. 

    The occupancy rate in the State’s prisons was 83 per cent.  Food, medical and hygiene supplies were provided to inmates to ensure their health at the cost of the State.  Allegations of infected inmates not being separated from other inmates were unfounded; such inmates were transferred to prison hospitals for treatment.  The State had examined eight complaints from prisoners in 2023 and five in 2024, finding no wrongdoing by State officials in each case.  Regular training sessions were organised for prison staff, which addressed basic standards for treating inmates.  Over 2,000 training sessions were carried out between 2022 and 2024.

    Turkmenistan had continued to develop its legislation on torture and other cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment.  Between 2022 and 2024, orders were issued on strengthening supervisory work on places of deprivation of liberty and on creating a special body for regulating medical examinations in prisons.

    The Ombudsman’s Office had access to all places of deprivation of liberty and did not need prior permission to conduct visits.  It verified the sanitary norms of establishments, the right to food and healthcare, and the right to visits and to receive parcels from family members. The Office had issued recommendations on improving detention facilities and healthcare services in prisons that the Government was working to implement.  No complaints had been received by the Ombudsman on the lack of provision of parole, or from inmates in detention centres for women or juveniles.

    Work had been undertaken to ensure that police stations and remand prisons were equipped with audio-visual recording devices.  Access to recordings was given to the Ombudsman and legal counsel.

    The national action plan on gender equality for 2021-2025 included measures to combat gender-based violence against women and girls, including domestic violence.  A survey conducted by the State showed that some 12 per cent of women in Turkmenistan had been subjected to domestic violence.  A roadmap to implement the survey’s recommendations had been developed, which included plans to develop a rapid response mechanism for domestic violence. 

    The State had established a pilot system of family support centres where social workers provided support for victims of violence; this would soon be expanded.  There were also hotlines that victims could use to report violence.  The Government was studying legislation on domestic violence in other countries with a view to developing such legislation domestically.

    The delegation said Turkmenistan regularly provided information on individual cases to various United Nations structures.  Turkmenistan had given information concerning individuals to certain countries, and special procedures had closed these cases.  The State would continue to provide information to the special procedures and other interested parties.  There was no special complaints mechanism for cases of cruel or inhumane treatment, but a complaint could be submitted to authorities of law enforcement via writing or in person.  The Special Prosecutor visited places of detention to monitor the work of the penitentiary institutions. 

    According to the Criminal Code, the diagnosis of an illness could be a ground for early release, and a decision would be taken by a court.  The delegation cited several cases, including one prisoner who in 2017 was convicted of smuggling psychoactive substances, and was pardoned in 2020.  Three years later, another criminal case was initiated against him, after which he was placed on a wanted list.  He hid in a mountainous area for some time without food and medication, surviving on psychoactive substances.  When he was detained, he already had multiple forms of bodily harm, developed during his time in the mountains, and he died three days after he was detained due to an overdose from psychoactive substances. Evidence that his cause of death was bodily harm due to torture was not true and this had been confirmed by the forensic investigation.  Turkmenistan’s actions throughout all cases had been aimed at protecting its citizens.

    The memorandum on humanitarian visits had not yet been signed, as negotiations had been interrupted six years ago.  In 2024, the Turkmen side took the initiative to discuss the text again and was waiting to hear from the International Criminal Court.  The State was ready to consider requests from the International Criminal Court to visit places of detention. 

    Immediately after the appeal of the High Commissioner for Refugees to grant asylum to citizens of Afghanistan, Turkmenistan as a neighbouring country expressed willingness to make all resources available to facilitate transport to third countries.  About 150 Afghan citizens received temporary visas while they awaited permission to move to other countries.  A person had the right to continue to stay in the country until their status was determined officially, whether this was a stateless person, or an individual of another country.  During the COVID-19 pandemic, amendments were made to the law on migration which provided for the option to extend the validity of passports in emergency situations.  A passport could only be renewed twice and only in extraordinary legal circumstances.

    Not all countries of the world had the practice of issuing passports abroad, as this required significant resources and would become an additional burden on the State.  Primary requests to obtain a passport abroad could be submitted electronically.  The Government was looking to simplify the procedure for issuing passports. 

    Solitary confinement was only meted out to prisoners for intentional violations and measures.  Training courses regarding torture and solitary confinement were provided to the Ministry of Interior staff.  A learning course had been started for the doctors working in the penitentiary system to update their knowledge of tuberculosis and treatment.  Medical units were present within each penitentiary establishment.  The treatment plan for the multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis was fully functioning.  Work was ongoing to deal with cases of tuberculosis, and penitentiary administrations were responsible for ensuring the good health of convicts.

    Last month, a monitoring visit had been conducted to see seven Turkish prisoners serving sentences in Turkmenistan. There was only one establishment for juvenile offenders, and the occupancy rate was 22 per cent of its total capacity.  Juvenile female offenders were held separately from male offenders. 

    Turkmenistan had successfully implemented a national strategy to prevent violent extremism and combat terrorism and was preparing the new strategy for 2025-2030.   

    Around 94 court rooms had audio and video cameras, representing more than 90 per cent of courtrooms in the country. This work on the digitalisation of courts was continuing.  The accused had the right to view all documents related to the case, including documents and video recordings.  Relevant work was carried out to implement the provisions of the Convention.  The new version of the Criminal Code entered into force in January 2023 and punishment for certain crimes had been reduced. 

    All courts in Turkmenistan had special rooms for minors, increasing their protection.  A new provision had been introduced, in which a minor committing an offence for the first time, providing it was a medium offence or below, would not be imprisoned.  There had been a drop in the numbers of minors imprisoned by 35 per cent in 2024, compared to 2020, as a result. 

    According to the Criminal Code, data should not be considered admissible in court if acquired through violations of the law, including torture, violence or threat.  Courts now had specialised judges on family matters to ensure the best interests of children.  A lawyer was available from the moment of detention or indictment.  In the event of remand of a minor, or a person with a disability, there were specific provisions.  Use of an interpreter could be requested. 

    In each case of detention, a notification was sent in writing to the Office of the Public Prosecutor, within 24 hours from the moment of detention.  The Office of the Public Prosecutor had the right to cancel an unlawful detention.  Without the authorisation of the Public Prosecutor, a detainee needed to be released after 24 hours, with the arrest communicated to close relatives. 

    Disciplinary measures were taken against staff and other officials who breached guaranteed safeguards.  The Code of Criminal Procedure was in keeping with international treaties, which meant there were guarantees to safeguard the rights of the accused. 

    To date, Turkmenistan had two national action plans on combatting human trafficking.  The penalty for this crime had been strengthened to between 15 to 20 years in prison.  A Commission on Combatting Human Trafficking had been established in Turkmenistan, which included 13 State bodies working on this issue.  In July 2024, the first meeting of the Commission was held.  The Commission was tasked with ensuring the implementation of the national action plan, including through prevention, protection, and prosecution, providing assistance to victims, and carrying out awareness raising events.  The national action plan 2020-2025 was adopted by a decree. 

    The Ministry of Justice provided support to the Bar Association of the country.  There were six associations of lawyers in Turkmenistan.  Over the last four years, lawyers in Turkmenistan had participated in 48 training sessions on human rights and had carried out more than 3,000 visits to places to detention.  A conference had taken place where participants from many countries exchanged views on how to better protect lawyers.  The State stood ready to continue work in the legal area, promote a legal culture, and strengthen international cooperation.

    There had been no complaints recorded about forced virginity tests, but the delegation would look into any case if information was provided.  In certain cases, law enforcement bodies could ask for medical tests to be carried out in the framework of existing legislation.  A roadmap had been developed for the ratification of the Optional Protocol and work was ongoing in this respect. 

    Questions by Committee Experts

    TODD BUCHWALD, Committee Expert and Country Co-Rapporteur, said many bodies and individuals had made allegations, which the State party had denied.  The bodies making these allegations were highly credible.  The Committee recommended the ratification of the Optional Protocol to the Convention as a critical step for the State party, as well as having a regular relationship with the International Criminal Court.  Were the recommendations from Committees made available in all major newspapers? 

    The Ombudsman had not received any complaints which was concerning.  Did this suggest a need to deal more assertively with the problem?  It was positive that the Ombudsman had access to all places of deprivation of liberty; however, it was inferred that she had not visited some facilities.  Was this correct?  Was it possible to share the data responsive to the Committee’s list of issues?  There was data available on overcrowding, so it would be helpful to provide disaggregated data split by facility. 

    How was it determined whether information published by journalists was true, accurate or impartial?  What were the penalties for publishing information which was determined not to fall under this category?  What were the prospects for revising the law so there would be no statute of limitations for the crime of torture? 

    LIU HUAWEN, Committee Expert and Country Co-Rapporteur, said there had been progress in the field of family law.  Today, domestic violence was not a matter of private law, but a focus of public law.  Marriage and family membership should not deprive any person of her or his basic human rights. 

    Turkmenistan’s strict abortion restrictions could create a cruel, inhumane or degrading environment for women, with abortion banned after five weeks, which was before many women realised they were pregnant.  Reproductive health care was limited, forcing women towards unsafe methods which endangered their health and lives.  These laws contributed to preventable maternal deaths and increased health risks. It was regretful that Turkmenistan did not provide access to emergency contraceptives. 

    The Committee suggested that the State party align its legal framework with international standards.  Would the State party take concrete steps to ensure access to safe abortion nation-wide and to reduce teenage pregnancies, including by providing access to contraceptives and reproductive services? Would the State ensure that doctors and medical professionals provided safe abortions for women whose lives were at risk due to pregnancy? 

    Homosexuality remained criminalised in the State party, with up to two years in prison for consensual same sex relations.  Were there any investigations or prosecutions for consensual same sex conduct?  United Nations treaty bodies had repeatedly recommended that the State party repeal this legislation; had any action been taken to implement these recommendations?  There had been reports that people who spoke out about issues relating to homosexuality were at risk of being arrested and tortured and that homosexual prisoners were subject to humiliating anal examinations.  Could the delegation comment on these reports? 

    What measures would be taken to guarantee the rights of lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender persons?  Would the State party provide systematic training for law enforcement officers, police officers and members of the judiciary on human rights standards for gender and sexual identity orientation?

    As a neutral country, Turkmenistan could play a more constructive and unique role in international cooperation. It was hoped Turkmenistan would make a greater contribution to global governance, including through the effective implementation of the Convention. 

    A Committee Expert asked if there was monitoring of places of deprivation of liberty where minors were held? Who carried out this monitoring activity? 

    Another Expert asked about the legislation to combat terrorism; could more specific information be provided? 

    Responses by the Delegation 

    The delegation said cooperation was something which Turkmenistan needed to improve.  The State party worked with various international organizations and human rights committees in Geneva.  All decisions and conclusions voiced within the Committee needed to be based on established and recognised standards.  Often the opinions of law enforcement bodies were interpreted objectively, and the State was trying to bridge the gap by involving representatives of civil society to enable human rights organizations to better understand the individual cases. There was a clear imbalance of information, and the State was doing its best to address this.  The State did not plan the official publication of results of the Committee’s recommendations, but if others wished to publish them, they could do so.

    The Ombudsperson visited prisons, but it was important to enhance the capacities of the institution to ensure it had greater access to places of detention.  The State recognised human rights but there were certain specific aspects on which they would follow their own line.  Regarding the allegations of torture and ill-treatment against homosexuals, there had been no such allegations recorded.  If specific details could be provided, more specific information could be provided. 

    As a neutral state, Turkmenistan was working to advocate for the values of peace and trust to ensure the Sustainable Development Goals were met.   

    Currently, Turkmenistan was a party to the 19 legal instruments combatting terrorism.  The law on combatting terrorism included legal protection of citizens for their participation in combatting terrorism. The State had extensive levels of cooperation in this area.  There were no issues of overcrowding in prisons.  The State rejected allegations that there had been an increase in the number of minors detained.  There had been single cases, which did not represent a serious problem in the country. Institutions for minors serving sentences functioning under the auspices of the Ministry of Interior were monitored by the Ombudsman and other institutions. 

    Turkmenistan worked closely with the counterterrorism mechanism of the United Nations.  A seminar had been held in Doha about the spread of terrorist ideas through the internet. 

    Women had the permission to interrupt pregnancies after the established timeframe, but this was based on an individual approach, relating to specific circumstances.  Having abortions outside of medical institutions involved serious risks to the health of women.  To prevent illegal abortions, there were special provisions in the law of responsibility.  Written agreement was required from parents only if the girl was under the age of 18. 

    In 2023, the General Prosecutor’s Office of Turkmenistan, in conjunction with the United Nations Development Programme, organised special seminars attended by over 100 participants from law enforcement agencies.  Such events, relating to refresher training, took place all over the world, including in the United States, Europe and Asia.  In March this year, Turkmenistan held a briefing relating to the presentation of a national plan on combatting trafficking. 

    Turkmenistan had ratified a significant number of legal instruments and it received bilateral requests on extradition related to criminal prosecutions, including for crimes of torture.  When a person was extradited, Turkmenistan took into account all guarantees provided in relevant United Nations Conventions. In each case, the situation of the person was reviewed to ensure the person would not be subject to torture in the country to which the person was extradited.  It was necessary to receive a written confirmation from the State that torture would not be used against those individuals. 

    Closing Remarks 

    CLAUDE HELLER, Committee Chairperson, said the delegation had 48 hours to provide the Committee with additional information.  The Committee would highlight several priority recommendations within the concluding observations.  The Committee hoped to continue an open, ongoing dialogue with the State party.   

    VEPA HAJIYEV, Permanent Representative of Turkmenistan to the United Nations Office at Geneva and head of the delegation, expressed gratitude to the Committee for having the opportunity to present the report.  Thanks to the open dialogue over the last two days, members of the delegation had identified priority areas to focus on.  The Committee’s recommendations would be thoroughly reviewed.  There was a need to review the State’s legislation to ensure it was fully aligned with the main provisions of the Convention.  Any progress required work and readiness to move forward. 

    ___________

    Produced by the United Nations Information Service in Geneva for use of the media; 
    not an official record. English and French versions of our releases are different as they are the product of two separate coverage teams that work independently.

     

    CAT25.007E

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI: Lakeland Financial Reports a 12% Increase in Net Interest Income and Organic Loan Growth of 4%

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WARSAW, Ind., April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Lakeland Financial Corporation (Nasdaq Global Select/LKFN), parent company of Lake City Bank, today reported net income of $20.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, which represents a decrease of $3.3 million, or 14%, compared with net income of $23.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Diluted earnings per share were $0.78 for the first quarter of 2025 and decreased $0.13, or 14%, compared to $0.91 for the first quarter of 2024. On a linked quarter basis, net income decreased $4.1 million, or 17%, to $24.2 million. Diluted earnings per share decreased $0.16, or 17%, from $0.94 on a linked quarter basis.

    Pretax pre-provision earnings, which is a non-GAAP measure, were $31.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $1.7 million, or 6%, compared to $29.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    “Our first quarter results are highlighted by double digit growth in net interest income and strong net interest margin expansion,” stated David M. Findlay, Chairman and CEO. “Further, we continued to experience healthy loan growth that was funded with equally positive deposit growth. The Lake City Bank team delivered encouraging operating results in the quarter.”

    Quarterly Financial Performance

    First Quarter 2025 versus First Quarter 2024 highlights:

    • Tangible book value per share grew by $1.80, or 7%, to $26.85
    • Average loans grew by $214.9 million, or 4%, to $5.19 billion
    • Core deposits grew by $402.5 million, or 7%, to $5.83 billion
    • Net interest margin improved 25 basis points to 3.40% versus 3.15%
    • Net interest income increased by $5.5 million, or 12%
    • Revenue grew by 6% from $60.0 million to $63.8 million
    • Provision expense of $6.8 million, compared to $1.5 million
    • Watch list loans as a percentage of total loans increased to 4.13% from 3.67%
    • Pretax, pre-provision earnings increased by $1.7 million, or 6%
    • Common equity tier 1 capital improved to 14.51%, compared to 14.21%
    • Tangible capital ratio improved to 10.09%, compared to 9.80%
    • Average equity increased by $51.0 million, or 8%

    First Quarter 2025 versus Fourth Quarter 2024 highlights:

    • Tangible book value per share grew by $0.38, or 1%, to $26.85
    • Average loans grew by $99.3 million, or 2%, to $5.19 billion
    • Net interest margin improved 15 basis points to 3.40% versus 3.25%
    • Net interest income increased by $1.2 million, or 2%
    • Provision expense of $6.8 million, compared to $3.7 million
    • Watch list loans as a percentage of total loans remained at 4.13%
    • Pretax, pre-provision earnings decreased $1.9 million, or 6%
    • Common equity tier 1 capital of 14.51%, compared to 14.64%
    • Tangible capital ratio of 10.09%, compared to 10.19%

    Capital Strength

    The company’s total capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets improved to 15.77% at March 31, 2025, compared to 15.46% at March 31, 2024, and down from 15.90% at December 31, 2024. These capital levels significantly exceeded the 10.00% regulatory threshold required to be characterized as “well capitalized” and reflect the company’s robust capital base.

    The company’s tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, improved to 10.09% at March 31, 2025, compared to 9.80% at March 31, 2024, and down from 10.19% at December 31, 2024. Unrealized losses from available-for-sale investment securities were $188.3 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $189.9 million at March 31, 2024 and $191.1 million at December 31, 2024. Excluding the impact of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on tangible common equity and tangible assets, the company’s ratio of adjusted tangible common equity to adjusted tangible assets, a non-GAAP financial measure, improved to 12.19% at March 31, 2025, compared to 12.03% at March 31, 2024, and down from 12.37% at December 31, 2024.

    As announced on April 8, 2025, the board of directors approved a cash dividend for the first quarter of $0.50 per share, payable on May 5, 2025, to shareholders of record as of April 25, 2025. The first quarter dividend per share represents a 4% increase from the $0.48 dividend per share paid for the first quarter of 2024.

    The board of directors also reauthorized and extended the company’s share repurchase program through April 30, 2027 with remaining aggregate purchase price authority of $30.0 million. The company anticipates activating the share repurchase program during the second quarter of 2025.

    Kristin L. Pruitt, President commented, “We believe that the recent stock price performance, driven by the impact of tariff activity, provides us with an opportunity to return capital to shareholders at attractive prices through our repurchase plan. Further, our strong capital levels continue to provide capacity for organic loan growth in our Indiana markets. Our capital position also supports our continued growth in the dividend paid to shareholders.”

    Loan Portfolio

    Average total loans of $5.19 billion in the first quarter of 2025 increased $214.9 million, or 4%, from $4.97 billion for the first quarter of 2024, and increased $99.3 million, or 2%, from $5.09 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024. Total loans, net of deferred loan fees, increased by $224.8 million, or 4%, from $5.00 billion as of March 31, 2024, to $5.23 billion as of March 31, 2025. The increase in loans occurred across much of the portfolio with our commercial real estate and multi-family residential loan portfolio growing by $143.4 million, or 6%, our commercial and industrial loan portfolio growing by $46.3 million, or 3%, our consumer 1-4 family mortgage loans portfolio growing by $39.7 million, or 9%, and our agri-business and agricultural loan portfolio growing by $15.9 million, or 4%. These increases were offset by a decrease to other commercial loans of $25.4 million, or 21%. On a linked quarter basis, total loans, net of deferred loan fees, increased by $104.9 million, or 2%, from $5.12 billion at December 31, 2024. The linked quarter increase was primarily a result of growth in total commercial and industrial loans of $72.7 million, or 5%, growth in total commercial real estate and multi-family residential loans of $28.3 million, or 1%, and growth in our consumer 1-4 family mortgage loans portfolio of $10.0 million, or 2%.

    Commercial loan originations for the first quarter included approximately $365.0 million in loan originations, offset by approximately $268.0 million in commercial loan pay downs. Line of credit usage increased to 43% as of March 31, 2025, compared to 39% at March 31, 2024 and 41% as of December 31, 2024. Total available lines of credit contracted by $153.0 million, or 3%, as compared to a year ago, and line usage increased by $122.0 million, or 7%, over that period. The company has limited exposure to commercial office space borrowers, all of which are in the bank’s Indiana markets. Loans totaling $100.6 million for this sector represented 2% of total loans at March 31, 2025, a decrease of $1.1 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2024. Commercial real estate loans secured by multi-family residential properties and secured by non-farm non-residential properties were approximately 214% of total risk-based capital at March 31, 2025.

    “We are encouraged by the continued organic loan growth during the quarter. In particular, we are pleased to see the upward trend in commercial line utilization, which reached 43% in the first quarter compared to 39% a year ago. Commercial and Industrial loan growth was a highlight this quarter and positively impacted our commercial line utilization,” added Findlay. “Linked quarter loan growth was largely driven by expansion in working capital lines of credit loans and construction and land development loans.”

    Diversified Deposit Base

    The bank’s diversified deposit base has grown on a year over year basis and on a linked quarter basis.

    DEPOSIT DETAIL
    (unaudited, in thousands)
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Retail $ 1,787,992   30.0 %   $ 1,780,726   30.2 %   $ 1,770,007   31.5 %
    Commercial   2,336,910   39.2       2,269,049   38.4       2,117,536   37.7  
    Public funds   1,709,883   28.7       1,809,631   30.7       1,544,775   27.5  
    Core deposits   5,834,785   97.9       5,859,406   99.3       5,432,318   96.7  
    Brokered deposits   125,409   2.1       41,560   0.7       185,767   3.3  
    Total $ 5,960,194   100.0 %   $ 5,900,966   100.0 %   $ 5,618,085   100.0 %
     

    Total deposits increased $342.1 million, or 6%, from $5.62 billion as of March 31, 2024, to $5.96 billion as of March 31, 2025. The increase in total deposits was driven by an increase in core deposits (which excludes brokered deposits) of $402.5 million, or 7%. Total core deposits at March 31, 2025 were $5.83 billion and represented 98% of total deposits, as compared to $5.43 billion and 97% of total deposits at March 31, 2024. Brokered deposits were $125.4 million, or 2% of total deposits, at March 31, 2025, compared to $185.8 million, or 3% of total deposits, at March 31, 2024.

    The increase in core deposits since March 31, 2024, reflects growth in all three core deposit components. Commercial deposits grew annually by $219.4 million, or 10%, to $2.34 billion. Commercial deposits as a percentage of total deposits expanded to 39%, up from 38%. Public funds deposits grew annually by $165.1 million, or 11%, to $1.71 billion. Public funds deposits as a percentage of total deposits was 29%, up from 28%. Growth in public funds was positively impacted by the addition of new public funds customers in the Lake City Bank footprint, including their operating accounts. Retail deposits expanded by $18.0 million, or 1%, to $1.79 billion. Retail deposits as a percentage of total deposits was 30% of total deposits, down from 32%.

    On a linked quarter basis, total deposits increased $59.2 million, or 1%, from $5.90 billion at December 31, 2024, to $5.96 billion at March 31, 2025. Core deposits decreased by $24.6 million, or less than 1%, while brokered deposits increased by $83.8 million, or 202%. The linked quarter reduction in core deposits resulted primarily from a seasonal decrease in public funds deposits of $99.7 million, or 6%. Offsetting this increase was an increase in commercial deposits of $67.9 million, or 3%, and an increase in retail deposits of $7.3 million, or less than 1%.

    “Annual core deposit growth of 7% continues to provide liquidity to fund loan growth. We continue to see opportunities to gain market share in our Indiana footprint,” noted Lisa M. O’Neill, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. “Our diversified funding base is stable, and average checking account balances continue to maintain liquidity in excess of pre-pandemic levels.”

    Average total deposits were $5.87 billion for the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $244.3 million, or 4%, from $5.63 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Average interest-bearing deposits drove the increase in average total deposits and increased by $260.1 million, or 6%. Contributing to the overall growth of interest-bearing deposits was an increase to average interest-bearing checking accounts of $439.5 million, or 14%. Offsetting this increase was a reduction in average time deposits of $167.7 million, or 17%, and a decrease to average savings deposits of $11.8 million, or 4%. Average noninterest-bearing demand deposits decreased by $15.8 million, or 1%.

    On a linked quarter basis, average total deposits decreased by $136.4 million, or 2%, from $6.01 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024 to $5.87 billion for the first quarter of 2025. Average interest bearing deposits drove the decrease to total average deposits, which decreased by $112.8 million, or 2%. Driving the decrease to average interest bearing deposits were decreases to total average time deposits of $102.7 million, or 11%, and interest bearing checking accounts of $19.0 million, or 1%. Average noninterest bearing demand deposits decreased by $23.6 million, or 2%.

    Checking account trends as of March 31, 2025 compared to March 31, 2024, include growth of $222.5 million, or 17%, in aggregate public fund checking account balances, growth of $212.3 million, or 11%, in aggregate commercial checking account balances, and growth of $35.5 million, or 4%, in aggregate retail checking account balances. The number of accounts has also grown for all three segments, with growth of 7% for public funds accounts, 2% for commercial accounts and 1% for retail accounts during the prior twelve months.

    Deposits not covered by FDIC deposit insurance as a percentage of total deposits were 57% as of March 31, 2025, compared to 62% at December 31, 2024, and 54% at March 31, 2024, reflecting changes in core deposits and growth in public fund deposits over those periods. Deposits not covered by FDIC deposit insurance or the Indiana Public Deposit Insurance Fund (which insures public funds deposits in Indiana), were 29% of total deposits at March 31, 2025, compared to 32% at December 31, 2024, and 27% at March 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, 98% of deposit accounts had deposit balances less than $250,000.

    Net Interest Margin

    Net interest margin was 3.40% for the first quarter of 2025, representing a 25 basis point increase from 3.15% for the first quarter of 2024. This improvement was driven by a reduction in the company’s funding costs, with interest expense as a percentage of average earning assets falling by 45 basis points from 2.82% for the first quarter of 2024 to 2.37% for the first quarter of 2025. Offsetting the decrease in funding costs was a decrease to earning asset yields of 20 basis points from 5.97% for the first quarter of 2024 to 5.77% for the first quarter of 2025.

    Linked quarter net interest margin expanded by 15 basis points to 3.40% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.25% for the fourth quarter of 2024. Interest expense as a percentage of average earning assets decreased 19 basis points from 2.56% to 2.37% on a linked quarter basis. Average earning asset yields decreased by 4 basis points from 5.81% to 5.77% on a linked quarter basis. The easing of monetary policy by the Federal Reserve Bank, which began in September of 2024, drove the reduction in funding costs that provided for the net interest margin expansion through deposit repricing. Notably, the deposit mix shift from noninterest bearing deposits to interest bearing deposits experienced by the company during the previous monetary tightening cycle has stabilized with noninterest bearing deposits representing 22% of total deposits at March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2024.

    “We continue to see improvements in net interest margin due to the Federal Reserve Bank’s rate easing cycle. Our deposit costs have declined more than loan yields resulting in year over year improvements in net interest margin of 25 basis points and linked quarter improvements of 15 basis points,” stated O’Neill. “Net interest margin expansion combined with healthy loan growth has contributed to double digit growth in net interest income.”

    The loan beta for the current rate-easing cycle is 37% compared to the deposit beta of 55%. The cumulative loan beta, which measures the sensitivity of a bank’s average loan yield to changes in short-term interest rates, was 56% for the recent rate-tightening cycle. The cumulative deposit beta, which measures the sensitivity of a bank’s deposit cost to changes in short-term interest rates, was 54% for the recent rate-tightening cycle.

    Net interest income was $52.9 million for the first quarter of 2025, representing an increase of $5.5 million, or 12%, as compared to the first quarter of 2024. Net interest income for the first quarter of 2025 benefited from a decrease in deposit interest expense of $4.7 million and a decrease in borrowings interest expense of $1.3 million. Offsetting these effects on net interest income was a decrease in loan interest of $910,000. On a linked quarter basis, net interest income increased $1.2 million, or 2%, from $51.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. On a linked quarter basis, the increase to net interest income was driven by a reduction in interest expense of $4.1 million and offset by a reduction in interest income of $2.9 million.

    Asset Quality

    The company recorded a provision for credit losses of $6.8 million in the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $5.3 million, as compared to $1.5 million in the first quarter of 2024. On a linked quarter basis, the provision expense increased by $3.1 million, from $3.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. Provision expense during the first quarter of 2025 was primarily attributable to an increase in the specific allocation for the previously disclosed $43.3 million nonperforming credit to an industrial company in Northern Indiana.

    The allowance for credit loss reserve to total loans was 1.77% at March 31, 2025, up from 1.46% at March 31, 2024, and 1.68% at December 31, 2024. Net charge offs in the first quarter of 2025 were $327,000 compared to $312,000 in the first quarter of 2024 and $1.4 million during the linked fourth quarter of 2024. Annualized net charge offs to average loans were 0.03% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 0.03% for the first quarter of 2024, and 0.11% for the linked fourth quarter of 2024.

    Nonperforming assets increased $42.6 million, or 280%, to $57.9 million as of March 31, 2025, versus $15.2 million as of March 31, 2024. On a linked quarter basis, nonperforming assets increased $1.0 million, or 2%, compared to $56.9 million as of December 31, 2024. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets at March 31, 2025 increased to 0.84% from 0.23% at March 31, 2024, and decreased from 0.85% at December 31, 2024. The increase in nonperforming assets was primarily driven by the aforementioned credit.

    Total individually analyzed and watch list loans increased by $32.3 million, or 18%, to $215.6 million as of March 31, 2025, versus $183.3 million as of March 31, 2024. On a linked quarter basis, total individually analyzed and watch list loans increased by $4.4 million, or 2%, from $211.1 million at December 31, 2024. The linked quarter increase in total individually analyzed and watch list loans was primarily driven by the addition of five commercial relationships to the watch list with aggregate balances of $11.5 million and offset by watch list removals of two relationships with aggregate balances of $8.0 million. Watch list loans as a percentage of total loans were 4.13% at March 31, 2025, an increase of 46 basis points compared to 3.67% at March 31, 2024, and unchanged from December 31, 2024.

    “Asset quality remains stable with watch list loans as a percentage of total loans at 4.13%,” commented Findlay. “It is premature to comment on the impact of the tariff activity on our borrowers’ businesses and we are actively talking with our clients to understand the impact of this trade policy activity. As part of our internal credit administration and loan review process, we initiated a detailed plan to identify and analyze specific industries and clients that may be more sensitive to the effects of tariffs. As part of this process, our credit team is aggregating and segmenting direct and indirect exposure that our commercial and industrial borrowers have with international trading partners.”

    Investment Portfolio Overview

    Total investment securities were $1.13 billion at March 31, 2025, reflecting a decrease of $12.0 million, or 1%, as compared to $1.14 billion at March 31, 2024. On a linked quarter basis, investment securities increased $9.9 million, or 1%, due primarily to security purchases of $22.2 million, offset by improvement in the fair market value of available-for-sale securities of $2.8 million, and cash flows from calls, paydowns and maturities of $14.7 million. Investment securities represented 17% of total assets on March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2024. The company anticipates receiving principal and interest cash flows of approximately $82.3 million during the remainder of 2025 from the investment securities portfolio and plans to use that liquidity to fund loan growth and reinvestment of investment securities cash flows. Tax equivalent adjusted effective duration for the investment portfolio was 5.9 years at March 31, 2025, compared to 6.6 years at March 31, 2024 and 6.0 years December 31, 2024.

    Noninterest Income

    The company’s noninterest income decreased $1.7 million, or 13%, to $10.9 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $12.6 million for the first quarter of 2024. Adjusted core noninterest income, a non-GAAP financial measure that excludes the effect of the insurance recovery recorded during the first quarter of 2024, was $11.6 million for the first quarter of 2024, a decrease of $684,000, or 6%, compared to $10.9 million for the first quarter of 2025. Wealth advisory fees increased $412,000, or 17%, driven by growth in customers and assets under management. Deposit fees increased $83,000, or 3% driven primarily by growth in our treasury management services. Other income decreased $1.3 million, or 61%. Other income during the first quarter of 2024 benefited from a $1.0 million insurance recovery related to the wire fraud loss from 2023 and death benefits received from the company’s bank owned life insurance program. Bank owned life insurance income decreased $714,000, or 69%, primarily due to a reduction in the market performance of the company’s variable bank owned life insurance policies, which are tied to the equity markets.

    Noninterest income for the first quarter of 2025 decreased by $948,000, or 8%, on a linked quarter basis from $11.9 million during the fourth quarter of 2024. Wealth advisory fees increased by $168,000, or 6%. The linked quarter decrease in noninterest income was impacted by a decrease in bank owned life insurance income, which decreased $894,000, or 74%, due to market performance of the company’s variable bank owned life insurance policies.

    “The growth of our wealth advisory business continues to positively impact revenue growth with 17% improvement in fees on a year over year basis,” added Findlay, “We continue to focus on our fee-based businesses that contribute to noninterest income and revenue growth.”

    Noninterest Expense

    Noninterest expense increased $2.1 million, or 7%, to $32.8 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $30.7 million during the first quarter of 2024. Salaries and benefits expense increased by $1.1 million, or 6%, driven by performance-based incentive compensation expense of $1.3 million and salary expense of $524,000. These increases were offset by reduced deferred compensation expense of $687,000, which moves in tandem with the market performance of the company’s variable bank owned life insurance. Other expense increased by $400,000, or 18%, from increased customer reimbursements for counterfeit checks and account takeover wire fraud losses. Data processing fees and supplies expense increased $426,000, or 11%, from continued investment in customer-facing and operational technology solutions.

    On a linked quarter basis, noninterest expense increased by $2.1 million, or 7%, from $30.7 million during the fourth quarter of 2024. Salaries and employee benefits increased by $641,000, or 4%, due to merit-based increases for salaries, incentive pay, and annual health insurance benefits that are funded at the beginning of each year. Data processing fees and supplies expense increased $523,000, or 14%. Corporate and business development expense increased by $456,000, or 48%, which was primarily driven by an increase in advertising expense of $462,000 during the quarter from the company’s seasonal promotional campaigns. Other expense increased $228,000, or 9%.

    The company’s efficiency ratio was 51.4% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 51.2% for the first quarter of 2024 and 48.2% for the linked fourth quarter of 2024.

    Information regarding Lakeland Financial Corporation may be accessed on the home page of its subsidiary, Lake City Bank, at lakecitybank.com. The company’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under “LKFN.” Lake City Bank, a $6.9 billion bank headquartered in Warsaw, Indiana, was founded in 1872 and serves Central and Northern Indiana communities with 54 branch offices and a robust digital banking platform. Lake City Bank’s community banking model prioritizes building in-market long-term customer relationships while delivering technology-forward solutions for retail and commercial clients.

    This document contains, and future oral and written statements of the company and its management may contain, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of the company. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of the company’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “continue,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should” or other similar expressions. The company’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain and, accordingly, the reader is cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by the company. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and the company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events. Numerous factors could cause the company’s actual results to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements, including the effects of economic, business and market conditions and changes, particularly in our Indiana market area, including prevailing interest rates and the rate of inflation; governmental trade, monetary and fiscal policies; the risks of changes in interest rates on the levels, composition and costs of deposits, loan demand and the values and liquidity of loan collateral, securities and other interest sensitive assets and liabilities; and changes in borrowers’ credit risks and payment behaviors, as well as those identified in the company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.

    LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    FIRSTQUARTER2025FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
     
      Three Months Ended
    (Unaudited – Dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    END OF PERIOD BALANCES   2025       2024       2024  
    Assets $ 6,851,178     $ 6,678,374     $ 6,566,861  
    Investments   1,132,854       1,122,994       1,144,816  
    Loans   5,223,221       5,117,948       4,997,559  
    Allowance for Credit Losses   92,433       85,960       73,180  
    Deposits   5,960,194       5,900,966       5,618,085  
    Brokered Deposits   125,409       41,560       185,767  
    Core Deposits (1)   5,834,785       5,859,406       5,432,318  
    Total Equity   694,509       683,911       647,009  
    Goodwill Net of Deferred Tax Assets   3,803       3,803       3,803  
    Tangible Common Equity (2)   690,706       680,108       643,206  
    Adjusted Tangible Common
    Equity (2)
      854,585       846,040       809,395  
    AVERAGE BALANCES          
    Total Assets $ 6,762,970     $ 6,795,596     $ 6,554,468  
    Earning Assets   6,430,804       6,470,920       6,216,929  
    Investments   1,136,404       1,134,011       1,158,503  
    Loans   5,185,918       5,086,614       4,971,020  
    Total Deposits   5,874,725       6,011,122       5,630,431  
    Interest Bearing Deposits   4,616,381       4,729,201       4,356,328  
    Interest Bearing Liabilities   4,716,465       4,729,206       4,532,137  
    Total Equity   696,053       693,744       645,007  
    INCOME STATEMENT DATA          
    Net Interest Income $ 52,875     $ 51,694     $ 47,416  
    Net Interest Income-Fully Tax Equivalent   53,983       52,804       48,683  
    Provision for Credit Losses   6,800       3,691       1,520  
    Noninterest Income   10,928       11,876       12,612  
    Noninterest Expense   32,763       30,653       30,705  
    Net Income   20,085       24,190       23,401  
    Pretax Pre-Provision Earnings (2)   31,040       32,917       29,323  
    PER SHARE DATA          
    Basic Net Income Per Common Share $ 0.78     $ 0.94     $ 0.91  
    Diluted Net Income Per Common Share   0.78       0.94       0.91  
    Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share   0.50       0.48       0.48  
    Dividend Payout   64.10 %     51.06 %     52.75 %
    Book Value Per Common Share (equity per share issued) $ 26.99     $ 26.62     $ 25.20  
    Tangible Book Value Per Common Share (2)   26.85       26.47       25.05  
    Market Value – High $ 71.77     $ 78.61     $ 73.22  
    Market Value – Low   58.24       61.10       60.56  
    Basic Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding   25,714,818       25,686,276       25,657,063  
    Diluted Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding   25,802,865       25,792,460       25,747,643  
               
               
      Three Months Ended
    (Unaudited – Dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    KEY RATIOS   2025       2024       2024  
    Return on Average Assets   1.20 %     1.42 %     1.44 %
    Return on Average Total Equity   11.70       13.87       14.59  
    Average Equity to Average Assets   10.29       10.21       9.84  
    Net Interest Margin   3.40       3.25       3.15  
    Efficiency (Noninterest Expense/Net Interest Income
    plus Noninterest Income)
      51.35       48.22       51.15  
    Loans to Deposits   87.64       86.73       88.95  
    Investment Securities to Total Assets   16.54       16.82       17.43  
    Tier 1 Leverage (3)   12.30       12.15       12.01  
    Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital (3)   14.51       14.64       14.21  
    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) (3)   14.51       14.64       14.21  
    Total Capital (3)   15.77       15.90       15.46  
    Tangible Capital (2)   10.09       10.19       9.80  
    Adjusted Tangible Capital (2)   12.19       12.37       12.03  
    ASSET QUALITY          
    Loans Past Due 30 – 89 Days $ 4,288     $ 4,273     $ 3,177  
    Loans Past Due 90 Days or More   7       28       7  
    Nonaccrual Loans   57,392       56,431       14,762  
    Nonperforming Loans   57,399       56,459       14,769  
    Other Real Estate Owned   284       284       384  
    Other Nonperforming Assets   193       143       78  
    Total Nonperforming Assets   57,876       56,886       15,231  
    Individually Analyzed Loans   81,346       78,647       15,181  
    Non-Individually Analyzed Watch List Loans   134,218       132,499       168,133  
    Total Individually Analyzed and Watch List Loans   215,564       211,146       183,314  
    Gross Charge Offs   508       1,657       504  
    Recoveries   181       299       192  
    Net Charge Offs/(Recoveries)   327       1,358       312  
    Net Charge Offs/(Recoveries) to Average Loans   0.03 %     0.11 %     0.03 %
    Credit Loss Reserve to Loans   1.77       1.68       1.46  
    Credit Loss Reserve to Nonperforming Loans   161.04       152.25       495.51  
    Nonperforming Loans to Loans   1.10       1.10       0.30  
    Nonperforming Assets to Assets   0.84       0.85       0.23  
    Total Individually Analyzed and Watch List Loans to Total Loans   4.13 %     4.13 %     3.67 %
    OTHER DATA          
    Full Time Equivalent Employees   647       643       628  
    Offices   54       54       53  

    __________________________________________________

    (1)   Core deposits equals deposits less brokered deposits.
    (2)   Non-GAAP financial measure – see “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.
    (3)   Capital ratios for March 31, 2025 are preliminary until the Call Report is filed.
         
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share data)      
    March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
    (Unaudited)  
    ASSETS      
    Cash and due from banks $ 89,325     $ 71,733  
    Short-term investments   145,899       96,472  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   235,224       168,205  
         
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   1,000,875       991,426  
    Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $109,481 and $113,107, respectively)   131,979       131,568  
    Real estate mortgage loans held-for-sale   1,295       1,700  
         
    Loans, net of allowance for credit losses of $92,433 and $85,960   5,130,788       5,031,988  
         
    Land, premises and equipment, net   60,797       60,489  
    Bank owned life insurance   113,826       113,320  
    Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock   21,420       21,420  
    Accrued interest receivable   28,818       28,446  
    Goodwill   4,970       4,970  
    Other assets   121,186       124,842  
    Total assets $ 6,851,178     $ 6,678,374  
         
         
    LIABILITIES      
    Noninterest bearing deposits $ 1,296,907     $ 1,297,456  
    Interest bearing deposits   4,663,287       4,603,510  
    Total deposits   5,960,194       5,900,966  
           
    Borrowings – Federal Home Loan Bank advances   108,200       0  
    Accrued interest payable   14,699       15,117  
    Other liabilities   73,576       78,380  
    Total liabilities   6,156,669       5,994,463  
         
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Common stock: 90,000,000 shares authorized, no par value      
    26,016,494 shares issued and 25,556,904 outstanding as of March 31, 2025      
    25,978,831 shares issued and 25,509,592 outstanding as of December 31, 2024   130,243       129,664  
    Retained earnings   743,650       736,412  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (163,879 )     (166,500 )
    Treasury stock, at cost (459,590 shares and 469,239 shares as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   (15,594 )     (15,754 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   694,420       683,822  
    Noncontrolling interest   89       89  
    Total equity   694,509       683,911  
    Total liabilities and equity $ 6,851,178     $ 6,678,374  
     
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited – in thousands, except share and per share data)
    Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025       2024  
    NET INTEREST INCOME      
    Interest and fees on loans      
    Taxable $ 81,740     $ 82,042  
    Tax exempt   292       900  
    Interest and dividends on securities      
    Taxable   3,389       3,039  
    Tax exempt   3,910       3,947  
    Other interest income   1,124       1,106  
    Total interest income   90,455       91,034  
     
    Interest on deposits   36,458       41,164  
    Interest on short-term borrowings   1,122       2,454  
    Total interest expense   37,580       43,618  
     
    NET INTEREST INCOME   52,875       47,416  
     
    Provision for credit losses   6,800       1,520  
     
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES   46,075       45,896  
     
    NONINTEREST INCOME      
    Wealth advisory fees   2,867       2,455  
    Investment brokerage fees   452       522  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   2,774       2,691  
    Loan and service fees   2,884       2,852  
    Merchant and interchange fee income   822       863  
    Bank owned life insurance income   322       1,036  
    Mortgage banking income (loss)   (51 )     52  
    Net securities gains (losses)   0       (46 )
    Other income   858       2,187  
    Total noninterest income   10,928       12,612  
     
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE      
    Salaries and employee benefits   17,902       16,833  
    Net occupancy expense   1,980       1,740  
    Equipment costs   1,382       1,412  
    Data processing fees and supplies   4,265       3,839  
    Corporate and business development   1,406       1,381  
    FDIC insurance and other regulatory fees   800       789  
    Professional fees   2,380       2,463  
    Other expense   2,648       2,248  
    Total noninterest expense   32,763       30,705  
     
    INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE   24,240       27,803  
    Income tax expense   4,155       4,402  
    NET INCOME $ 20,085     $ 23,401  
     
    BASIC WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES   25,714,818       25,657,063  
     
    BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE $ 0.78     $ 0.91  
         
    DILUTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES   25,802,865       25,747,643  
         
    DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE $ 0.78     $ 0.91  
     
    LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    LOAN DETAIL
    (unaudited, in thousands)
     
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Commercial and industrial loans:                      
    Working capital lines of credit loans $ 716,522     13.7 %   $ 649,609     12.7 %   $ 646,459     12.9 %
    Non-working capital loans   807,048     15.5       801,256     15.6       830,817     16.6  
    Total commercial and industrial loans   1,523,570     29.2       1,450,865     28.3       1,477,276     29.5  
                         
    Commercial real estate and multi-family residential loans:                      
    Construction and land development loans   623,905     12.0       567,781     11.1       659,712     13.2  
    Owner occupied loans   804,933     15.4       807,090     15.8       833,410     16.7  
    Nonowner occupied loans   852,033     16.3       872,671     17.0       744,346     14.9  
    Multifamily loans   339,946     6.5       344,978     6.7       239,974     4.8  
    Total commercial real estate and multi-family residential loans   2,620,817     50.2       2,592,520     50.6       2,477,442     49.6  
                         
    Agri-business and agricultural loans:                      
    Loans secured by farmland   156,112     3.0       156,609     3.1       167,271     3.3  
    Loans for agricultural production   227,659     4.3       230,787     4.5       200,581     4.0  
    Total agri-business and agricultural loans   383,771     7.3       387,396     7.6       367,852     7.3  
                         
    Other commercial loans   94,927     1.8       95,584     1.9       120,302     2.4  
    Total commercial loans   4,623,085     88.5       4,526,365     88.4       4,442,872     88.8  
                         
    Consumer 1-4 family mortgage loans:                      
    Closed end first mortgage loans   265,855     5.1       259,286     5.1       260,633     5.2  
    Open end and junior lien loans   217,981     4.2       214,125     4.2       188,927     3.8  
    Residential construction and land development loans   16,359     0.3       16,818     0.3       10,956     0.2  
    Total consumer 1-4 family mortgage loans   500,195     9.6       490,229     9.6       460,516     9.2  
                       
    Other consumer loans   102,254     1.9       104,041     2.0       97,369     2.0  
    Total consumer loans   602,449     11.5       594,270     11.6       557,885     11.2  
    Subtotal   5,225,534     100.0 %     5,120,635     100.0 %     5,000,757     100.0 %
    Less:  Allowance for credit losses   (92,433 )         (85,960 )       (73,180 )  
    Net deferred loan fees   (2,313 )         (2,687 )       (3,198 )  
    Loans, net $ 5,130,788         $ 5,031,988       $ 4,924,379    
     
    LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    DEPOSITS AND BORROWINGS
    (unaudited, in thousands)
     
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Noninterest bearing demand deposits $ 1,296,907   $ 1,297,456   $ 1,254,200
    Savings and transaction accounts:          
    Savings deposits   293,768     276,179     296,671
    Interest bearing demand deposits   3,554,310     3,471,455     3,041,025
    Time deposits:          
    Deposits of $100,000 or more   602,577     642,776     805,832
    Other time deposits   212,632     213,100     220,357
    Total deposits $ 5,960,194   $ 5,900,966   $ 5,618,085
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   108,200     0     200,000
    Total funding sources $ 6,068,394   $ 5,900,966   $ 5,818,085
     

     

    LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET AND NET INTEREST ANALYSIS
    (UNAUDITED)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31, 2025   Three Months Ended December 31, 2024   Three Months Ended March 31, 2024
    (fully tax equivalent basis, dollars in thousands)   Average Balance   Interest Income   Yield (1)/
    Rate
      Average Balance   Interest Income   Yield (1)/
    Rate
      Average Balance   Interest Income   Yield (1)/
    Rate
    Earning Assets                                    
    Loans:                                    
    Taxable (2)(3)   $ 5,160,031     $ 81,740   6.42 %   $ 5,060,397     $ 83,253   6.54 %   $ 4,916,943     $ 82,042   6.71 %
    Tax exempt (1)     25,887       361   5.66       26,217       364   5.52       54,077       1,118   8.31  
    Investments: (1)                                    
    Securities     1,136,404       8,338   2.98       1,134,011       7,953   2.79       1,158,503       8,035   2.79  
    Short-term investments     2,964       28   3.83       2,765       29   4.17       2,710       33   4.90  
    Interest bearing deposits     105,518       1,096   4.21       247,530       2,881   4.63       84,696       1,073   5.10  
    Total earning assets   $ 6,430,804     $ 91,563   5.77 %   $ 6,470,920     $ 94,480   5.81 %   $ 6,216,929     $ 92,301   5.97 %
    Less:  Allowance for credit losses     (87,477 )             (84,687 )             (72,433 )        
    Nonearning Assets                                    
    Cash and due from banks     71,004               67,994               68,584          
    Premises and equipment     60,523               60,325               57,883          
    Other nonearning assets     288,116               281,044               283,505          
    Total assets   $ 6,762,970             $ 6,795,596             $ 6,554,468          
                                         
    Interest Bearing Liabilities                                    
    Savings deposits   $ 283,888     $ 42   0.06 %   $ 274,960     $ 43   0.06 %   $ 295,650     $ 49   0.07 %
    Interest bearing checking accounts     3,486,447       28,075   3.27       3,505,470       31,562   3.58       3,046,958       30,365   4.01  
    Time deposits:                                    
    In denominations under $100,000     212,934       1,832   3.49       214,429       1,921   3.56       224,139       1,918   3.44  
    In denominations over $100,000     633,112       6,509   4.17       734,342       8,150   4.42       789,581       8,832   4.50  
    Miscellaneous short-term borrowings     99,830       1,122   4.56       5       0   5.30       175,809       2,454   5.61  
    Long-term borrowings     254       0   0.00       0       0   0.00       0       0   0.00  
    Total interest bearing liabilities   $ 4,716,465     $ 37,580   3.23 %   $ 4,729,206     $ 41,676   3.51 %   $ 4,532,137     $ 43,618   3.87 %
    Noninterest Bearing Liabilities                                    
    Demand deposits     1,258,344               1,281,921               1,274,103          
    Other liabilities     92,108               90,725               103,221          
    Stockholders’ Equity     696,053               693,744               645,007          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 6,762,970             $ 6,795,596             $ 6,554,468          
    Interest Margin Recap                                    
    Interest income/average earning assets         91,563   5.77 %         94,480   5.81 %         92,301   5.97 %
    Interest expense/average earning assets         37,580   2.37           41,676   2.56           43,618   2.82  
    Net interest income and margin       $ 53,983   3.40 %       $ 52,804   3.25 %       $ 48,683   3.15 %
    (1)   Tax exempt income was converted to a fully taxable equivalent basis at a 21 percent tax rate. The tax equivalent rate for tax exempt loans and tax-exempt securities acquired after January 1, 1983, included the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (“TEFRA”) adjustment applicable to nondeductible interest expenses. Taxable equivalent basis adjustments were $1.11 million, $1.11 million and $1.27 million in the three-month periods ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    (2)   Loan fees, which are immaterial in relation to total taxable loan interest income for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, are included as taxable loan interest income.
    (3)   Nonaccrual loans are included in the average balance of taxable loans.
         

    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Tangible common equity, adjusted tangible common equity, tangible assets, adjusted tangible assets, tangible book value per common share, tangible common equity to tangible assets, adjusted tangible common equity to adjusted tangible assets, and pretax pre-provision earnings are non-GAAP financial measures calculated based on GAAP amounts. Tangible common equity is calculated by excluding the balance of goodwill and other intangible assets from the calculation of equity, net of deferred tax. Tangible assets are calculated by excluding the balance of goodwill and other intangible assets from the calculation of total assets, net of deferred tax. Adjusted tangible assets and adjusted tangible common equity remove the fair market value adjustment impact of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). Tangible book value per common share is calculated by dividing tangible common equity by the number of shares outstanding less true treasury stock. Pretax pre-provision earnings is calculated by adding net interest income to noninterest income and subtracting noninterest expense. Because not all companies use the same calculation of tangible common equity and tangible assets, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures calculated by other companies. However, management considers these measures of the company’s value meaningful to understanding of the company’s financial information and performance.

    A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided below (dollars in thousands, except per share data).

      Three Months Ended
      Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024
    Total Equity $ 694,509     $ 683,911     $ 647,009  
    Less: Goodwill   (4,970 )     (4,970 )     (4,970 )
    Plus: DTA Related to Goodwill   1,167       1,167       1,167  
    Tangible Common Equity   690,706       680,108       643,206  
    Market Value Adjustment in AOCI   163,879       165,932       166,189  
    Adjusted Tangible Common Equity   854,585       846,040       809,395  
               
    Assets $ 6,851,178     $ 6,678,374     $ 6,566,861  
    Less: Goodwill   (4,970 )     (4,970 )     (4,970 )
    Plus: DTA Related to Goodwill   1,167       1,167       1,167  
    Tangible Assets   6,847,375       6,674,571       6,563,058  
    Market Value Adjustment in AOCI   163,879       165,932       166,189  
    Adjusted Tangible Assets   7,011,254       6,840,503       6,729,247  
               
    Ending Common Shares Issued   25,727,393       25,689,730       25,677,399  
               
    Tangible Book Value Per Common Share $ 26.85     $ 26.47     $ 25.05  
               
    Tangible Common Equity/Tangible Assets   10.09 %     10.19 %     9.80 %
    Adjusted Tangible Common Equity/Adjusted Tangible Assets   12.19 %     12.37 %     12.03 %
               
    Net Interest Income $ 52,875     $ 51,694     $ 47,416  
    Plus:  Noninterest Income   10,928       11,876       12,612  
    Minus:  Noninterest Expense   (32,763 )     (30,653 )     (30,705 )
               
    Pretax Pre-Provision Earnings $ 31,040     $ 32,917     $ 29,323  
     

    Adjusted core noninterest income, adjusted earnings before income taxes, core operational profitability, core operational diluted earnings per common share and adjusted core efficiency ratio are non-GAAP financial measures calculated based on GAAP amounts. These adjusted amounts are calculated by excluding the impact of insurance recoveries related to the 2023 wire fraud loss for the periods presented below. Management considers these measures of financial performance to be meaningful to understanding the company’s core business performance for these periods.

    A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided below (dollars in thousands, except per share data).

      Three Months Ended
      Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024
    Noninterest Income $ 10,928     $ 11,876     $ 12,612  
    Less: Insurance Recovery   0       0       (1,000 )
    Adjusted Core Noninterest Income $ 10,928     $ 11,876     $ 11,612  
               
    Earnings Before Income Taxes $ 24,240     $ 29,226     $ 27,803  
    Adjusted Core Impact:          
    Noninterest Income   0       0       (1,000 )
    Total Adjusted Core Impact   0       0       (1,000 )
    Adjusted Earnings Before Income Taxes   24,240       29,226       26,803  
    Tax Effect   (4,155 )     (5,036 )     (4,153 )
    Core Operational Profitability (1) $ 20,085     $ 24,190     $ 22,650  
               
    Diluted Earnings Per Common Share $ 0.78     $ 0.94     $ 0.91  
    Impact of Adjusted Core Items   0.00       0.00       (0.03 )
    Core Operational Diluted Earnings Per Common Share $ 0.78     $ 0.94     $ 0.88  
               
    Adjusted Core Efficiency Ratio   51.35 %     48.22 %     52.02 %
    (1)   Core operational profitability was $751,000 lower than reported net income for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Contact
    Lisa M. O’Neill
    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    (574) 267-9125
    lisa.oneill@lakecitybank.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Safer Schools, Stronger Futures

    Source: Asia Development Bank

    On April 25, 2015, a 7.8 magnitude earthquake struck Nepal, claiming over 8,000 lives and destroying thousands of homes, businesses, and schools. In response, the Government of Nepal, ADB, and development partners launched a determined effort to create safer, more resilient schools.

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI USA: Congresswoman Ramirez, Housing Advocates Say “Hands Off” Affordable Housing

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Representative Delia Ramirez – Illinois (3rd District)

    CHICAGO, IL — Yesterday, Congresswoman Delia C. Ramirez (IL-03), local advocates, and public housing residents demanded the Trump Administration abandon actions that deepen the housing affordability crisis, reverse its layoffs of 50% of U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) staff, and reinstate more than $52.5 million in frozen HUD funds for Illinois.  During a press conference, the Congresswoman also announced the reintroduction of critical housing legislation that would expand affordable housing funding and protect tenants’ rights to organize. The legislative package includes her Tenants’ Right to Organize Act and a bill to expand permanent housing for veterans through the Veterans Affairs Grant Per Diem Program. 

    “In the midst of an affordable housing crisis, the Administration is putting in motion a cruel plan to rob working families of the resources we need to thrive and prosper in order to pad the pockets of their billionaire friends. But that won’t deter us. We are standing strong in the plan we unveiled for the future of housing, a progressive vision of affordable, sustainable housing for all, by tenants and for tenants,” said Congresswoman Ramirez, referencing her legislative package for affordable housing unveiled in April 2024“We believe that HOUSING IS A HUMAN RIGHT. That is why I am using every tool at my disposal to fight back in DC and support our communities organizing for affordable housing for all.”

    “We are pleased to welcome Congresswoman Ramirez to 65th Infantry Borinqueneers Apartments, which Hispanic Housing constructed in 2016 to provide supportive housing to veterans with incomes as low as 30% of the area median income,” said Tony Hernandez, President & CEO of Hispanic Housing Development Corporation. “These 48 units are a testament to how a public-private partnership like the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit can combine with dedicated rental subsidies through HUD and the VA to help build homes for those who have served our country. This development could not have been built and could not operate without the HUD and VA programs that Congresswoman Ramirez is fighting to preserve and without the LIHTC, which she is working to expand.“

    “Housing is a basic human right—-and that right is under threat as federal housing programs and funding are threatened with cuts and staff are let go,” said Joy Arugete, CEO of Bickerdike Redevelopment Corporation. “But this isn’t just about housing, it’s also about the economy. According to the National Association of Home Builders, building 1000 apartments generates 1250 jobs and $55.9 million in tax and other revenue for local, state, and federal governments. We must come together to ensure everyone has a place to call home, so our communities can truly thrive.”

    “Without federal funding sources and the people who make them possible, families will not be able to save or leverage their homes for education, receive lifesaving healthcare, or pass down a home to build generational wealth,” said Amanda Zahorak, Senior Advocacy & Communications Manager for DuPage and Chicago South Suburbs DuPage Habitat for Humanity. “HUD cuts are an injustice to the very magic of being able to show the world what can happen when the government, private, and nonprofit sectors come together to provide the resources our communities need to thrive.”

    “As this new administration quietly pulls back support from HUD, low-income families are already suffering. Rent keeps rising, but housing assistance is shrinking while over 10 million renters nationally pay more than half their income just to stay housed,” said Catherine Serpa, CHA resident and Local Advisory Council President for North Central and North West Scattered Sites. And now, programs like Section 8 are being scaled back, leaving families in crisis. Housing is a human right—not a budget cut. If we let this continue, we’re not just losing homes. We’re losing lives.”

    “The Administration is turning its back on low-income tenants. It is thus especially important that renters are able to turn towards each other. The Tenants’ Right to Organize Act expands protections to ensure that more renters can come together to advocate for better living conditions –windows that keep out the cold, consistently running water –  without fear of reprisal,” said tenants’ rights attorney Eric Sirota.

    To watch the full press conference, CLICK HERE

    For photos, CLICK HERE.

    Background:

    Since coming to Congress, Congresswoman Ramirez has built a coalition with progressives in Congress, local housing leaders, and national organizations to advance a bold vision for the future of housing. Congresswoman Ramirez is centering tenants’ vision and power as a cornerstone of our housing future. Her legislation empowers tenants, especially low-income, women, Black, Brown, and immigrant tenants, to transform the housing landscape in our country.

    Ramirez’s multisectoral focus on housing responds to the current national housing crisis, worsened by Trump’s policies. According to the National Housing Coalition, there is a staggering 7.1 million shortage of affordable homes, with over 293,000 just in Illinois. The National Alliance to End Homelessness estimates 771,480 people are experiencing street and shelter homelessness on any given day, setting new records. In addition, tens of thousands of Illinois families live doubled-up with family and friends. It is estimated that the expansion of tariffs on steel, aluminum, lumber, and other construction materials will increase the cost to build affordable, quality housing. 

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Russia: Rosneft volunteers held an environmental campaign in Tyumen in honor of the 80th anniversary of Victory

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: Rosneft – Rosneft – An important disclaimer is at the bottom of this article.

    RN-Uvatneftegaz (part of the Rosneft oil production complex) organized an environmental campaign to clean the shoreline of Lake Andreyevskoye in the Tyumen Region. The initiative was dedicated to the 80th anniversary of the Victory in the Great Patriotic War. More than 100 volunteers took part in it – employees of the enterprise, Tyumenneftegaz, the Rosneft scientific institute in Tyumen, their family members, as well as young activists of the Movement of the First. The volunteers collected 2.5 tons of household waste on an area of 10 hectares.

    The campaign is aimed not only at developing a caring attitude towards nature in the younger generation, but also at preserving historical memory and fostering spiritual and patriotic values. Volunteers cleared the shoreline of garbage and set up a stand with information about the lake and the birds and animals living in its vicinity. At the end of the campaign, they held a quiz on knowledge of the events of the Great Patriotic War.

    Rosneft enterprises have been holding an environmental campaign on Lake Andreyevskoye for the third year in a row. In addition, thanks to the initiative of the Company’s Tyumen enterprises, the local population is becoming more aware of the need to preserve Lake Solenoye, a natural monument of regional significance. Tyumenneftegaz annually holds environmental campaigns to improve its coastal area; last year, an environmental tourist route was created here as part of a grant program.

    Rosneft enterprises actively cooperate with Tyumen scientists and implement projects aimed at preserving the region’s biodiversity. With the support of RN-Uvatneftegaz, scientists study populations of northern forest deer and endangered birds of the Uvatsky District, including the white-tailed eagle.

    Preserving the environment for future generations is one of the key principles of Rosneft’s activities. The company implements a number of large-scale environmental programs and is a leader in minimizing environmental impact and improving the environmental friendliness of production.

    Reference:

    Lake Andreyevskoye is the largest fresh water body with an area of over 16 square kilometers in the vicinity of the city of Tyumen. More than 30 archaeological monuments have been discovered on its shores, and a museum-reserve has been created.

    In the middle of Lake Andreyevskoye is the island of Kozlov Mys, a specially protected area, a natural monument of regional significance. Rare and uncharacteristic plants grow on the island, and several species of animals listed in the Red Book are also found.

    Information about the flora and fauna of Kozlov Mys was included in the first book about specially protected natural areas of the Tyumen region, which was published in 2022 with the support of RN-Uvatneftegaz.

    Department of Information and Advertising of PJSC NK Rosneft April 25, 2025

    Please note: This information is raw content directly from the source of the information. It is exactly what the source states and does not reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI USA: New Jersey Pine Barrens Ablaze

    Source: NASA

    Wildland fires have long been integral to New Jersey’s Pinelands, or Pine Barrens. These highly flammable coastal forests host pitch pines and other trees that thrive with occasional burns.
    Yet with hundreds of thousands of people living within these coastal forests, burns can shift rapidly from rejuvenating ecosystems to destroying infrastructure and threatening human life, particularly during droughts. A fire that began in a wildlife management area near Waretown on April 22, 2025, offered a stark reminder of this delicate balance. Within two days, the fire had grown into one of the largest fires New Jersey has seen in decades.
    The OLI-2 (Operational Land Imager-2) on Landsat 9 captured images of the Jones Road fire on April 23. In the natural-color scene (left), thick smoke obscures the fire’s mark on the land below. The burned area is evident in the false-color image (right) showing shortwave infrared, near infrared, and visible light (OLI bands 6-5-3). This band combination makes it easier to identify unburned vegetated areas (green) and the recently burned landscape (brown). A sand mine is visible in the upper left of the images. A broader view of the natural-color image is below.

    An ongoing drought made the Pine Barrens particularly susceptible to fire in spring 2025. An April analysis of shallow groundwater and soil moisture using NASA observations from the GRACE (Gravity Recovery and Climate Experiment) and GRACE-FO (GRACE Follow On) satellites showed anomalously dry conditions, according to data posted by the National Drought Mitigation Center. At the time of the fire, the U.S. Drought Monitor had classified drought in the region as “severe.”
    According to news reports, the fast-moving fire led to evacuations of large numbers of people from Lacey and Ocean townships, threatened many homes, and sent smoke wafting toward New York City. At times, officials closed both the Garden State Parkway and Route 532. As of April 24, more than 15,000 acres had burned, and the fire was 50 percent contained, according to the New Jersey Forest Fire Service. As of that date, all evacuation orders had been lifted and the Garden State Parkway had been reopened, the fire service noted.
    NASA’s satellite data is part of a global system of observations that are used to track fire behavior and analyze emerging trends. Among the real-time wildfire monitoring tools that NASA makes available are FIRMS (Fire Information for Resource Management System) and the Worldview browser.
    NASA Earth Observatory images by Wanmei Liang, using Landsat data from the U.S. Geological Survey. Story by Adam Voiland.

    MIL OSI USA News